• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • General Sūtra Section
  • Toh 340

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh340.pdf

ལས་བརྒྱ་པ།

The Hundred Deeds
Part Four

Karmaśataka
ལས་བརྒྱ་ཐམ་པ།
las brgya tham pa

Toh 340

Degé Kangyur, vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Tara Fischer under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2020

Current version v 1.3.38 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.48pm on Wednesday, 29th January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh340.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 10 chapters- 10 chapters
p. Prologue
1. Part One
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Dog
· The Story of Little Eyes
· The Story of Pūraṇa
· The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”
· The Story of Udayin
· Victory Banner
· The Story of Kṣemā
· The Story of Maṇiprabha
· The Story of Jasmine
· Give It to Me!
· The Story of She Who Gathers
· The Tailor
2. Part Two
+ 15 sections- 15 sections
· The Chariot: Four Stories
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The First “Chariot” Story
· The Second “Chariot” Story
· The Third “Chariot” Story
· The Fourth “Chariot” Story
· The Story of Earnest
· The Story of Gopā
· The Story of Keśinī
· The Story of Lotus Color
· The Butcher
· The Story of Golden Color
· The Cowherds
· A Band of Friends
· The Story of Abhaya
· The Story of Lake of Jewels
· The Story of Wealth’s Delight
· The Bear: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story of the Bear
· The Second Story of the Bear
· The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
· The Rākṣasa
3. Part Three
+ 13 sections- 13 sections
· The Story of Kacaṅkalā
· The Story of Kaineya
· The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story
· Cuts: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Cut” Story
· The Second “Cut” Story
· Being Devoured
· The Story of Nandaka
· Chunks of Meat
· The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
· The Farmer
· Death
· A Story about Kokālika
· The Tired Man
· Morsel
4. Part Four
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· The Story of Maitrībala
· The Dark Storm
· Ants: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Ant” Story
· The Second “Ant” Story
· The Lay of the Land
· The Story of Āraṇyaka
· The Elephant
· The Nāga (1)
· The Story of Siṃha
· The Schism in the Saṅgha
· The Dark Forest
· The One Who Heard
5. Part Five
+ 12 sections- 12 sections
· The Story of Virūpa
· The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
· The Young Untouchable
· The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer
· The Story of Sahadeva
· The Bull
· The Story of Good Compassion
· The Story of Fleshy
· The Story of Black
· The Story of Iṣudhara
· The Man Who Was Trampled
· The Story of Jackal
6. Part Six
+ 9 sections- 9 sections
· The Bird: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Bird Story
· The Second Bird Story
· The Story of Majestic Body
· The Teacher
· A Story about Kāśyapa
· A Story about Ānanda
· The Story of Son of Grasping
· The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant
· The Worthy of Offerings Litany
· Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Latecomer” Story
· The Second “Latecomer” Story
7. Part Seven
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Paṅgu
· Bhādra
· The Blind Man
· The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
· The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
· The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
· The Story of Saraṇa
· The Mṛgavratins
· The Story of Candrā
· The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Kinnara” Story
· The Second “Kinnara” Story
8. Part Eight
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Story of Pūrṇa
· The Sacrifice
· The Lazy Man
· A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
· The Humble One
· Padmottama: Two Stories
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First “Padmottama” Story
· The Second “Padmottama” Story
· The Story of Sudarśana
· The Story of Ratnaśikhin
· Wealth
· The Story of Vijaya
9. Part Nine
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· The Sons
· The Crevasse
· The Ransom
· The Attack
· Trapped
· The Partridge
· Father, or The Story of Sudarśana
· The Bandits
· The Piśācas
· The Story of Head of Indra
10. Part Ten
+ 10 sections- 10 sections
· Śakra
· The King
· The Hunter
· The Story of Deluded
· The Brahmin: Three Stories
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· The First “Brahmin” Story
· The Second “Brahmin” Story
· The Third “Brahmin” Story
· The Story of the Householder Govinda
· The Quarrel
· The Nāga (2)
· Two Stories about King Śibi
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The First Story about King Śibi
· The Second Story of King Śibi
· Kauśāmbī
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Source Texts
· Works Cited
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sanskrit Works
· Tibetan Works
· Secondary Sources
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The sūtra The Hundred Deeds, whose title could also be translated as The Hundred Karmas, is a collection of stories known as avadāna‍—a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives‍—comprising more than 120 individual texts. It includes narratives of Buddha Śākyamuni’s notable deeds and foundational teachings, the stories of other well-known Buddhist figures, and a variety of other tales featuring people from all walks of ancient Indian life and beings from all six realms of existence. The texts sometimes include stretches of verse. In the majority of the stories the Buddha’s purpose in recounting the past lives of one or more individuals is to make definitive statements about the karmic ripening of actions across multiple lifetimes, and the sūtra is perhaps the best known of the many works in the Kangyur on this theme.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by Dr. Lozang Jamspal (International Buddhist College, Thailand) and Kaia Fischer of the Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (TCTGNY). Introduction by Nathan Mitchell, with additional material by the 84000 editorial team.

ac.­2

Warm thanks to Dr. Tom Tillemans, Dr. John Canti, Dr. James Gentry, Adam Krug, Ven. Konchog Norbu, Janna White, and all the readers and editors at 84000, for their wisdom; to Huang Jing Rui, Amy Ang, and the entire administration and staff at 84000, for their compassion; to readers Dr. Irene Cannon-Geary, Dr. Natalie M. Griffin, Tom Griffin, Norman Guberman, Margot Jarrett, Dr. David Kittay, Dr. Susan Landesman, Megan Mook, and Dr. Toy-Fung Tung, as well as to every member of TCTGNY, for their diligence and sincerity; to Caithlin De Marrais, Tinka Harvard, Laren McClung, and Erin Sperry, for their adept revisions to passages of verse; to Dr. Paul Hackett, for his linguistic and technical expertise; to Dr. Tenzin Robert Thurman and the late Prof. Dr. Michael Hahn, for their insight; to Dr. Lauran Hartley, for her capable assistance in researching the introduction; to Dr. Donald J. LaRocca, for his thoughtful clarification of terms pertaining to arms and armor; and to Jennifer E. Fischer, for her generosity in formatting the translation.

ac.­3

Special thanks to Ven. Wei Wu and all of the students, faculty, and staff of the International Buddhist College, Thailand, for their warm welcome of the senior translator Dr. Jamspal, and to Cynthia H. Wong, for her kindheartedness toward the junior translator Kaia Fischer.

ac.­4

Through the devoted attention of all may the Buddhadharma smile upon us for countless ages, safeguarded by knowledge of the classical Tibetan language.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­5

Work on this translation was rendered possible by the generous donations of a number of sponsors: Zhou Tian Yu, Chen Yi Qin, Irene Tillman, Archie Kao and Zhou Xun; 恒基伟业投资发展集团有限公司,李英、李杰、李明、李一全家; Thirty, Twenty and family; and Ye Kong, Helen Han, Karen Kong and family. Their help is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Hundred Deeds1 is a collection of stories or avadāna, a narrative genre widely represented in the Sanskrit Buddhist literature and its derivatives. The term avadāna can be analyzed and understood in several ways.2 One common interpretation is “legend,” but that understanding is perhaps too rigid, as well as too romantic, for what could be described as religious or spiritual biography.3 The general intention of avadāna literature is to elicit faith and devotion in the reader through an object lesson in karmic cause and effect: how, for example, a noble act motivated by faith and devotion toward the Three Jewels (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha), or toward another object of veneration, yields a good result, while the result of an ignoble act is dreadful. Historically, the specific functions of avadāna literature were to propagate Buddhism and to provide inspiration and preliminary education in the Dharma, particularly for laypersons and the recently ordained.4 It can still perform these functions today.


Text Body

The Translation
The Hundred Deeds

p.

Prologue

[V73] [F.1.b] [B1]


p.­1

I prostrate to the All-Knowing One.

p.­2
Listen well, for I have heard
Of a doorway whence we may discern
The world-guru, Gone to Bliss,
Who wishes nothing but our benefit,
As he parcels out a full account
To those who wandered in, confused,
From the vast, bleak wood of wrongful views.
His sacred speech, so sound and sweet‍—
This sūtra‍—is The Hundred Deeds.
p.­3
A General Outline of the Text
Part One: “The Dog,” and Other Stories
Part Two: “The Chariot,” and Other Stories
Part Three: “The Story of Kacaṅkalā,” and Other Stories
Part Four: “The Story of Maitrībala,” and Other Stories
Part Five: “The Story of Virūpa,” and Other Stories
Part Six: “The Bird,” and Other Stories
Part Seven: “The Story of Paṅgu,” and Other Stories
Part Eight: “The Story of Pūrṇa,” and Other Stories
Part Nine: “The Sons,” and Other Stories
Part Ten: “Śakra,” and Other Stories

1.

Part One

1.­1
1. The Dog
2. The Story of Little Eyes
3. The Story of Pūraṇa
4. The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories
5. The Story of Udayin
6. Victory Banner
7. The Story of Kṣemā
8. The Story of Maṇiprabha
9. The Story of Jasmine
10. Give It to Me!
11. The Story of She Who Gathers
12. The Tailor

The Dog

1.­2

[F.2.a] When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s‍—who was fond of philosophical extremists.

The Story of Little Eyes

The Story of Pūraṇa

The Person with a Curving Spine: Two Stories

The First Story about “The Person with a Curving Spine”

The Second Story About “The Person with a Curving Spine”

The Story of Udayin

Victory Banner

The Story of Kṣemā

The Story of Maṇiprabha

The Story of Jasmine

Give It to Me!

The Story of She Who Gathers

The Tailor


2.

Part Two

2.­1
1. The Chariot: Four Stories
2. The Story of Earnest
3. The Story of Gopā
4. The Story of Keśinī
5. The Story of Lotus Color
6. The Butcher
7. The Story of Golden Color [F.52.b]
8. The Cowherds
9. A Band of Friends
10. The Story of Abhaya
11. The Story of Lake of Jewels
12. The Story of Wealth’s Delight
13. The Bear: Two Stories
14. The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine
15. The Rākṣasa

The Chariot: Four Stories

The First “Chariot” Story

2.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin who wished to perform a ritual offering, so he climbed onto his chariot and rode into Śrāvastī. That morning, when the Blessed One donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Śrāvastī, the brahmin was filled with joy, circumambulated the Blessed One, and departed. At that moment, the Blessed One smiled.

The Second “Chariot” Story

The Third “Chariot” Story

The Fourth “Chariot” Story

The Story of Earnest

The Story of Gopā

The Story of Keśinī

The Story of Lotus Color

The Butcher

The Story of Golden Color

The Cowherds

A Band of Friends

The Story of Abhaya

The Story of Lake of Jewels

The Story of Wealth’s Delight

The Bear: Two Stories

The First Story of the Bear

The Second Story of the Bear

The Story of Small Person with a Curving Spine

The Rākṣasa


3.

Part Three

3.­1
1. The Story of Kacaṅkalā
2. The Story of Kaineya
3. The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories
4. Cuts: Two Stories
5. Being Devoured
6. The Story of Nandaka
7. Chunks of Meat
8. The One Who Thought He Saw His Son
9. The Farmer
10. Death
11. A Story about Kokālika
12. The Tired Man
13. Morsel

The Story of Kacaṅkalā

3.­2

When the Blessed One was staying in Otalā Forest in Otalā, one morning he donned his lower garment and Dharma robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in the villages of Otalā. At that time there was a certain woman who had taken a pot and gone out for water. From a distance, she saw that the Blessed One was beautiful, pleasing, his senses were at peace, his heart at peace, and his mind absolutely serene. He was as shining and radiant as a golden pillar.

The Story of Kaineya

The Betrothal of the Bride: Two Stories

The First “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

The Second “Betrothal of the Bride” Story

Cuts: Two Stories

The First “Cut” Story

The Second “Cut” Story

Being Devoured

The Story of Nandaka

Chunks of Meat

The One Who Thought He Saw His Son

The Farmer

Death

A Story about Kokālika

The Tired Man

Morsel


4.

Part Four

4.­1
1. The Story of Maitrībala
2. The Dark Storm
3. Ants: Two Stories [F.177.a]
4. The Lay of the Land108
5. The Story of Āraṇyaka
6. The Elephant
7. The Nāga (1)
8. The Story of Siṃha
9. The Schism in the Saṅgha
10. The Dark Forest
11. The One Who Heard

The Story of Maitrībala

4.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, the following took place‍—providing a statement additional to the life story of Wealth’s Delight in explaining how the events of The Sūtra of the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of Dharma came about.109

4.­3

The monks requested him, “Lord, tell us why the Blessed One sated the group of five monks with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

4.­4

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I sated them with my own flesh and blood, and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions. Listen well!

4.­5

“Monks, in times past a king named Maitrībala reigned in the city of Vārāṇasī. During his reign, the kingdom was prosperous, flourishing, happy, and well populated. The harvest was good. Quarreling and arguments had ceased, there was no fighting or infighting, and there were no robbers, thieves, illness, or famine. Rice, sugarcane, cattle, and buffalo were plentiful. His was a reign in accord with the Dharma. He ruled the kingdom gently and mercifully, as a parent cares for a beloved only child.

4.­6

“This king was the epitome of love, was extremely compassionate, loved beings, and delighted in giving. He gave gifts and made merit. He provided for the ascetics, the brahmins, the indigent, the bereft, and the poor. He prepared a great deal of food and drink and made gifts of it to the creatures who flew through the sky, dwelt in the water, or made their homes in the fields. He cultivated love for the people of his country. The minds of all the people of his country [F.177.b] were filled with love, and due to its power no one could do them any harm.

4.­7

“One day, five life-draining yakṣas absconded from the prison of King Vaiśravaṇa. Draining the life out of many people, they made their way to Vārāṇasī, but as they introduced their pestilence there, they were unable to drain even the least bit of life from any being, not even the animals. They wondered, ‘Why is it that in this country we are unable to drain even the least bit of life from any being, even the animals? We should ask whose great power this is.’ They asked the shepherds and the other animal herders, ‘Why is it that we cannot harm anyone in this land in the least? Whose power is causing this?’

4.­8

“ ‘Our king is the epitome of love,’ they replied. ‘The minds of all the people of his country are filled with so much love that no one can do them any harm. Because of him, in this land no one can do us even the least bit of harm.’

4.­9

“ ‘This king is a person of merit,’ the yakṣas thought. ‘He’s well known as the epitome of love and for being quite compassionate, with a love for beings. He’ll surely be able to fill our stomachs!’ So they transformed their appearances into those of brahmins, approached King Maitrībala, and said, ‘O great compassionate one, we are famished! Please feed us.’

4.­10

“ ‘With what manner of food shall I feed you?’ asked the king.

“ ‘Please feed us with freshly drawn blood,’ they said.

4.­11

“At that the king thought, ‘Oh my! Though they dress one way, their food is another thing entirely! They’re not like human beings. But even if they’re not human, I shall do for them as I have promised. Still, I can’t harm others for the sake of feeding them, [F.178.a] yet without harming others I cannot get freshly drawn blood. If they can use my blood for food, then I will give them my own flesh and blood.’ So he asked the yakṣas, ‘My friends, could you perhaps use my blood for food?’

“ ‘Yes, Deva, we could!’ they replied.

4.­12

“When he heard this, without delay King Maitrībala arrayed the yakṣas before him and then summoned his healers and made his request, saying, ‘Find five points on my body from which to drain me, and I shall feed these beings with my blood.’

“ ‘But Deva,’ the healers pleaded, ‘we could never pierce your body with a weapon!’

4.­13

“ ‘They do not wish to be parted from me,’ he thought. ‘Very well, I will extract my own blood.’ Bodhisattvas have mastery of all manner of arts and professions, so he took up a mirror himself, pierced five points on his body, and offered one to each of the yakṣas, thinking, ‘I shall not stop letting my own blood until they are satisfied.’

4.­14

“At this Śakra, King of the Gods, thought, ‘Bodhisattvas keep their promises, and this bodhisattva has undertaken a magnificent austerity. It wouldn’t be right for the bodhisattva to suffer too much hardship.’ He decided, ‘I will fortify the life in his body!’

4.­15

“So Śakra, King of the Gods, fortified the bodhisattva’s body with divine life force, and even miraculously accomplished much of the bloodletting. After the bodhisattva had sated all five of the life-draining yakṣas with no difficulty at all, he prayed for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, saying, ‘By this root of virtue, may I become a buddha to serve as a protector for the world’s blind without a guide, [F.178.b] without any guide at all, without anyone to show them the way, to rescue those who have not found their way across, to deliver those who have not been delivered, to relieve the anxiety of those frozen with fear, and to place in nirvāṇa all those who have not transcended suffering.

4.­16
“ ‘By this great gift may I become
For wandering beings a self-arisen enlightened one.
May I pull from the waters of this life those who were
Not freed by the mighty victors who came before me.’110
4.­17

“After the yakṣas had had their fill and were sated, their senses contented, they asked the bodhisattva, ‘Great compassionate one, what do you hope to accomplish by these efforts?’

“ ‘I will attain unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment,’ the bodhisattva replied.

“ ‘If that’s so,’ they said, ‘when you awaken and manifest the unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment of a buddha, satiating living beings with nectar, then may we become your very first disciples.’

4.­18

“ ‘How can I make you into my very first disciples,’ the bodhisattva asked, ‘when you are cutting short others’ lives, draining others’ life force?’

“ ‘Great compassionate one, what advice can you give us?’ they asked.

“ ‘Adopt and maintain the path of the ten virtuous actions,’ said the bodhisattva.

4.­19

“The yakṣas heeded him, immediately adopting the path of the ten virtuous actions and praying, ‘By this root of virtue, when this one awakens into unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, may we become his very first disciples.’

4.­20

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was King Maitrībala then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were the five yakṣas draining the life of others are none other than the group of five monks. At that time, I fed them with my own flesh and blood and set them on the path of the ten virtuous actions. Now as well I have sated them with a taste of the holy Dharma and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.” [F.179.a]

The Dark Storm

4.­21

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, five hundred merchants in Śrāvastī took up their goods and set out for another country. They traveled and traveled until eventually they came to a great, dark forest. In that forest lived a fierce, terrifying yakṣa who drained the life of others. He sent forth a great, dark storm that overtook the merchants. The merchants became desperate and had no idea what they should do. Terrified, they began making supplications to every possible deity.

4.­22

One of the leaders among them was a lay vow holder, and when he saw that the merchants had no idea what to do, he said, “What is the use of seeking refuge in these deities who are not a refuge? Take refuge in the Blessed One. He will protect you from suffering, despair, and misfortune.”

4.­23

No sooner had the merchants heard this than they took refuge in the Blessed One, saying, “We bow to the Blessed One, the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha. Lord, Blessed One, if there is nothing past, present, or future that you do not see, know, or directly perceive, then heed us now, Blessed One. Protect us from suffering, despair, and misfortune, and save our precious lives!”

4.­24

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, [F.179.b] absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

4.­25

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

4.­26
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
4.­27

When the Blessed One focused his mind, he directly apprehended that the time had come to tame the five hundred merchants. He stretched out his arm like an elephant’s trunk and lifted up all five hundred merchants and their packs out of the dark forest and set them down not too far from Śrāvastī. The five hundred merchants recognized that they were near Śrāvastī and thought, “The Blessed One has rescued us!” They were elated, and because of this they thought, [F.180.a] “Let us give up living at home to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, in order to ford the floodwaters and completely escape our fetters with diligence, practice, and effort.”

4.­28

So they went to Śrāvastī, gave up household affairs, and gave gifts and made merit. They entered the garden of Prince Jeta, where they went to see the Blessed One, touched their heads to the Blessed One’s feet, pressed their lips to his feet, and said to him, “Blessed One, what a difficult task you have done for us! You saved our precious lives.” Then they sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

4.­29

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, all five hundred merchants destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where they sat.

4.­30

Having seen the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested of the Blessed One, “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

4.­31

With the words “Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship.

4.­32

As arhats, free from the attachments of the three realms, [F.180.b] their minds regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of their hands as like space itself. They became cool like wet sandalwood. Their insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. They achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. They had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. They became objects of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

4.­33

The monks inquired of the Blessed Buddha, “Lord, tell us why the Blessed One protected all five hundred merchants, rescued them from great danger, and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

4.­34

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I rescued these five hundred merchants from great danger and placed them in the four meditative states and the five superknowledges. Listen well!

4.­35

“Monks, in times gone by, some five hundred merchants took up their goods and set out for another country. They traveled and traveled until eventually they came to a great, dark forest. In that forest lived a fierce, terrifying yakṣa who drained the life of others. He sent forth a great, dark storm that overtook the merchants. The merchants became desperate and had no idea what they should do. Terrified, they began making supplications to every possible deity.

4.­36

“At that time there lived a certain sage who had all the five superknowledges, a person of great miracles and great power, and he saw the suffering of the five hundred merchants. As soon as he did, he lifted all five hundred merchants and their packs up out of the dark forest and set them back down whence they came. The merchants [F.181.a] thought, ‘Regardless of how it happened, it is all because of this sage that we are still alive. In his presence let us give up living at home, and go forth to practice pure conduct.’ So in his presence they went forth, and all five hundred merchants generated the four meditative states and the five superknowledges.

4.­37

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that sage then. Those who were the five hundred merchants then are none other than these five hundred merchants. At that time I rescued them from great danger and placed them in the four meditative states and five superknowledges, and now as well I have rescued them from great danger, and established them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.

4.­38

“At that time they also went forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa, and after they went forth, they practiced pure conduct all their lives. At the time of their deaths, they prayed, ‘May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

4.­39

“O monks, what do you think? The five hundred monks who went forth in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Kāśyapa then are none other than these five hundred merchants. At that time they went forth, practiced pure conduct all their lives, and at the time of their deaths, they prayed, ‘May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’ [F.181.b]

4.­40

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that they have pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

Ants: Two Stories

The First “Ant” Story

4.­41

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, Venerable All-Knowing Kauṇḍinya saw the truths, and when that happened eighty thousand gods saw the truths as well. The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why the Blessed One sated Kauṇḍinya and eighty thousand gods with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

4.­42

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I sated Kauṇḍinya and these eighty thousand gods with my own flesh and blood and saved their precious lives. Listen well!

4.­43

“Monks, in times gone by, on the banks of a certain river there lived a turtle who was compassionate, had a loving nature, and loved beings. Sometimes he walked on dry land, and sometimes he swam in the water.

4.­44

“One day he emerged from the water onto dry land, and fell asleep there. An ant emerged from an anthill and approached the turtle. He saw the turtle asleep there on dry land, [F.182.a] and then returned to the nest to inform the other ants. The eighty thousand other ants in that anthill heard from the first ant that the turtle was there and came streaming out of the anthill to crawl into the turtle’s shell. As they all began to feed on him, he awoke and saw that his body was covered in ants.

4.­45

“Now even when bodhisattvas take a lower birth with their bodies, their minds do not descend to lower realms. So the bodhisattva thought, ‘I could go back into the water, but all these living beings’ lives would be lost. Since I strive to benefit beings, it wouldn’t be right for me to take so many lives. Better111 to sacrifice my own instead.’ With this in mind, he took the hardship upon himself and kept silent.

4.­46

“As the eighty thousand ants consumed him, he prayed, ‘Oh, by this root of virtue, may I become a tathāgata, an arhat, a totally and completely awakened buddha, endowed with perfect knowledge and perfect conduct, a sugata, a knower of the world, a tamer of persons, a charioteer, an unsurpassed one, a teacher of humans and gods‍—a blessed buddha‍—to serve as a protector for the world’s blind without a guide, without any guide at all, without anyone to show them the way, to rescue those who have not found their way across, to deliver those who have not been delivered, to relieve the anxiety of those frozen with fear, and to place in nirvāṇa all those who have not transcended suffering.

4.­47

“ ‘In the same way that I have now sated them with my own flesh and blood, saving their precious lives, when I perfectly and completely awaken into unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, may I sate them with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.’

4.­48

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that turtle then, [F.182.b] and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were the eighty thousand ants then are none other than these eighty thousand gods. At that time I sated them with my own flesh and blood, saving their precious lives, and now as well I have sated them with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

The Second “Ant” Story

4.­49

Herein is an additional episode as it appears in the life story of Wealth’s Delight.


4.­50

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, when Venerable All-Knowing Kauṇḍinya saw the truths, eighty thousand gods saw the truths as well. The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why the Blessed One sated Kauṇḍinya and eighty thousand gods with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

4.­51

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, I sated Kauṇḍinya and these eighty thousand gods with my own flesh and blood and saved their precious lives. Listen well!

4.­52

“Monks, in times gone by, not far from a certain mountainside was a small hole. In that hole lived a lizard who was quite compassionate, the epitome of love, and who loved beings. The iguana subsisted only on roots and fruit and did not wish any being harm.

4.­53

“One day, as the lizard went out looking for something to eat, a hunter spotted him and caught him alive. After he had skinned him, he let him go, picked up the skin, and continued on his way. The lizard, unable to withstand the pain, went to a riverbank and lay down in a cool place.

4.­54

Not so far from there [F.183.a] stood an anthill, and in that anthill lived eighty thousand ants. One ant emerged from the anthill and went up to the lizard to have a look. The ant, seeing that the lizard had no skin, returned to the nest to inform the others, and all eighty thousand ants came streaming out of the anthill to crawl onto the lizard’s body. As they all began to feed on the lizard he awoke and saw that his body was covered in ants.

4.­55

“Now even when bodhisattvas take a lower birth with their bodies, their minds do not descend to lower realms. So the bodhisattva thought, ‘I could save myself, but all these living beings’ lives would be lost. Since I strive to benefit beings, it wouldn’t be right for me to take so many lives. Better to sacrifice my own instead. While it is certain that this harm alone is enough to kill me, if I ask myself, “What is my duty?” it is my duty to give up my body for the sake of beings. I have a responsibility to them.’ With this in mind, he took the hardship upon himself and kept silent.

4.­56

“Then the lizard prayed for unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, saying, ‘By this root of virtue, may I become a tathāgata, an arhat, a totally and completely awakened Buddha, endowed with perfect knowledge and perfect conduct, a sugata, a knower of the world, a tamer of persons, a charioteer, an unsurpassed one, a teacher of humans and gods‍—a blessed buddha‍—to serve as a protector for the world’s blind without a guide, without any guide at all, without anyone to show them the way, to rescue those who have not found their way across, to deliver those who have not been delivered, to relieve the anxiety of those frozen with fear, and to place in nirvāṇa all those who have not transcended suffering.

4.­57

“ ‘In the same way that I have now sated them [F.183.b] with my own flesh and blood, saving their precious lives, when I perfectly and completely awaken into unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, may I sate them with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.’

4.­58

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that lizard then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. Those who were the eighty thousand ants then are none other than these eighty thousand gods. At that time I sated them with my own flesh and blood, saving their precious lives, and now as well I have sated them with a taste of the holy Dharma, establishing them in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa.”

The Lay of the Land

4.­59

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there were two times of year when it was customary for the disciples of the Blessed Buddha to convene: in the middle of the summer months when the time came for the summer retreat, and on the full moon of the last month of autumn. When the time came in the middle of the summer months for the monks to enter retreat, they would receive special instructions to ponder, and then retreat to mountain ravines, mountain caves, reed huts, plains, charnel grounds, and forests, and settle there for the duration of the rainy season. On the full moon of the last month of autumn they would all return, give an account of all that they had realized, and put questions to their superiors regarding all that they still did not understand.

4.­60

There was a certain monk who, having spent that period in the countryside, made his way through the countryside, traveling and traveling until he arrived in Śrāvastī, where he put down his alms bowl and holy robes. In the morning he donned his lower garment and holy robes, and, carrying his alms bowl, went for alms in Śrāvastī. He was a newcomer, having never been there before, so he was unfamiliar with the area and had very little knowledge of the lay of the land.

4.­61

He had come to Śrāvastī very late, [F.184.a] and seeing that the other monks had already gone carrying their alms bowls filled, he thought, “I will ask where I should go to quickly get some alms.” So he went to see Upananda and asked him, “Lord Upananda, I don’t know my way around112 Śrāvastī. Can you please show me where to go to113 quickly get some alms?”

4.­62

Upananda, intending him harm, pointed at the home of a certain brahmin, a faithless man irritated by all things virtuous, auspicious, and well mannered, and said, “Go to that house there‍—that’s where you’ll get your alms.” With that, Upananda departed.

4.­63

As the monk approached the house, the brahmin, who was just heading out to another village on an errand, decided that it was a bad omen for this shaven-headed, colored-cloth-wearing man to cross his path. The brahmin grabbed hold of him, pummeled him, and stomped on him. After the brahmin let him go, the monk emerged from the house with his head gashed open, shirt and robes torn, alms bowl smashed, and walking staff in pieces, and thought, “Better to go without food.” When he came to the garden of Prince Jeta during his fast, the monks saw him and asked, “Lord, what is this? You weren’t overcome by bandits, were you?”

“No, I wasn’t overcome by bandits. Rather, Upananda thought to do me harm,” he replied.

4.­64

When the monks heard the story, they asked the Blessed One about it, and the Blessed One declared, “Let one monk not point another in the wrong direction.114 And should a monk see others who don’t understand where they are headed, let him stop them. It is good to stop someone in such a way. Not to stop them will be an infraction.” [F.184.b]

4.­65

Then the monks requested the Blessed One, “Lord, tell us why Upananda pointed this monk in the wrong direction and the monk went there and met with great harm.”

4.­66

“Not only now,” the Blessed One explained, “but in times past as well, and in the same way, Upananda pointed this monk in the wrong direction, and when he went there, he met with great harm. Listen well!

“Monks, in times gone by, there lived a turtle in a certain lotus pond. A fox that was tormented by thirst had come to that pond thinking that he would drink some water. He entered the lotus pond and saw the turtle there. He took him in his teeth and was about to eat him, but the turtle said to him, ‘Friend, please don’t kill me. I am but a morsel to you. If you release me alive, I shall lead you to a great deal of food.’

4.­67

“As soon as the fox heard this he let the turtle go and said, ‘Show me where I can get that food!’

“ ‘Oh friend,’ replied the turtle, ‘in such-and-such a region in a certain cave live a mother lizard and her offspring, eight of them in all. Go kill and eat them.’ In truth, there was a lioness living in that cave that had just given birth to two lion cubs. In order to protect them she would not leave the cave. But when the fox heard what the turtle had said, he hurried to an entrance at one side of the cave. Another fox saw him and said, ‘Where are you off to, friend?’

4.­68

“ ‘In this cave live a mother lizard and her offspring, eight of them in all. I am going to kill and eat them.’

“ ‘Look here, my friend,’ warned the other, ‘if you go in there you’ll surely meet with suffering.’

“But the first fox said to him in verse, [F.185.a]

4.­69
“ ‘I’m graced with strength and force of will.
No one is my peer. This day I shall devour
A lizard and her young
Like a regal elephant basking in a pool.’
4.­70

“That fox did not heed the other’s words, and just as he was entering the cave, one lion cub caught him by the ear and the other caught him by the tail. Their mother said, ‘My sons, don’t kill that scavenger.115 What’s the use?’

4.­71

“Obeying their mother’s words, the first tore off his ear, the other tore off his tail, and then they tossed him aside. The other fox saw what happened from the mouth of the cave and spoke the following verse:

4.­72
“ ‘ “Graced with strength and force of will?” you say,
And claim none is your equal?
Handsome hero, your winsome form is gone‍—
It seems your boasting was misplaced!’
4.­73

“Said the first fox to the other, ‘It’s not the turtle’s fault. That I heeded and believed its words is my own fault.’ And he said in verse,

4.­74
“ ‘I believed the turtle when it said
“There’s a lizard family in a cave.”
A fool I was, with little foresight.
For the failure of my ignorance,
From the holy I warrant scorn.’
4.­75

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that turtle then is none other than Upananda. The one who was the fox then is none other than this monk. At that time the former pointed the latter in the wrong direction, and when he went there, he met with great suffering. Now as well he has pointed him in the wrong direction, and when the monk went there, he met with great suffering.”

The Story of Āraṇyaka

4.­76

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He took a wife of the same caste, and as they [F.185.b] enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. Now, that being was in its final existence. The spiritual friend of the house was Venerable Aniruddha, and he looked and saw that a being in its final existence had taken rebirth in their house.

4.­77

One day, to strengthen the parents’ resolve, Venerable Aniruddha went to their house alone, without companions or attendants. Upon seeing Venerable Aniruddha, the householder said, “Noble one, why have you come here alone, without companions or attendants?”

4.­78

“Where shall we find attendants,” Venerable Aniruddha replied, “if one such as yourself does not grant them to us?”

“Noble one,” the householder said, “my wife has conceived, so if we have a son, noble one, I shall offer him to you as an attendant.”

Venerable Aniruddha said, “The virtuous keep their promises.” Having spoken thus, Venerable Aniruddha departed.

4.­79

After the householder’s wife conceived, she went to a very isolated place and stayed there, for she was perpetually unhappy in the company of others. The householder thought, “Has my wife been possessed by some sort of spirit?” and he brought her to the soothsayers.

“No,” the soothsayers assured him, “she has not been possessed by a spirit. All this has taken place on account of the being in her womb. That being is happy to be by himself.”

4.­80

Then, after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin and a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, and a nose fine and prominent. [F.186.a] At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named him, saying, “Since it was predicted before he was born that he would be happy to be by himself, his name will be Āraṇyaka.”

4.­81

They reared young Āraṇyaka on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and once he was able to walk, he naturally began to recall his former lives. When he looked, he saw that he had been circling in saṃsāra, where, caught up in socializing, he met with great suffering. Recognizing this, he was happy to stay by himself in isolated places and avoid such socializing distractions.

4.­82

One day Venerable Aniruddha knew that the time had come for the child to go forth, so he reminded the householder, “Householder, before this child was born you granted him to me as an attendant. The virtuous keep their promises, do they not? Didn’t you yourself make such a promise?”

4.­83

“Yes, noble one, I did make just such a promise,” the householder replied, and as he said this, he took the child by his two hands, offered him to Venerable Aniruddha, and told him, “Child, before you were born, I offered you to the noble one. Therefore go, and be an attendant of the noble one.”

“This will be of benefit to me,” the child said, and with those words he followed Venerable Aniruddha away.

4.­84

Venerable Aniruddha explained the Dharma to the householder and then brought the child to the monastery. There he led him to go forth as a novice, conferred on him full ordination, and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship.

4.­85

As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. [F.186.b] He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

“By staying in seclusion‍—in hermitages, in forests, and in remote places‍—I shall not come into contact with anyone,” he thought.

4.­86

The monks inquired of the Blessed Buddha, “Lord, what action did Āraṇyaka take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him; and that he went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship? What fault did he recognize that even as a child he rid himself of such socializing, and was happy to be by himself?”

4.­87

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “he began to naturally recall his former lives and saw that he had been circling in saṃsāra, where caught up in socializing he met with great suffering. Recollecting this suffering, he was happy to be by himself.”

4.­88

“Lord, where did he become caught up in socializing?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One recounted, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, he went forth in his doctrine.

4.­89

“Serving as steward the monk became caught up in socializing. Because he became caught up in socializing, he [F.187.a] forsook his morality, and when he forsook his morality he took all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions, and, indulging himself as he pleased, also gave them to others.

4.­90

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was serving as steward then is none other than this monk. At that time he went forth, but he took all the donations for the saṅgha, the donations to the stūpa, their regular support, and the donations for the saṅgha of the four directions, and, indulging himself as he pleased, also gave them to others. The act of tossing virtue aside ripened such that for five hundred lifetimes he took rebirth as an anguished spirit, and underwent great suffering.

4.­91

“Once he recalled his previous sufferings, he was happy to be by himself. At that time he practiced pure conduct all his life, his faculties ripened, and now he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship. What little service he did offer in accord with the Dharma ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.” [B16]

The Elephant

4.­92

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī he held his summer rains retreat there. After the three months of rain had passed, he prepared his Dharma robes, put them on, and, carrying his alms bowl, set out from Śrāvastī for Rājagṛha. He traveled and traveled until he eventually came to the foot of a mountain. At that time there was a certain forest elephant who was afraid of lions and had driven his herd up onto the mountain, where he looked after them. After he ascended the mountain, the elephant bull saw the Blessed One approaching in the distance.

4.­93

No sooner had the elephant bull seen him [F.187.b] than a feeling of joy toward the Blessed One surged within him and he descended the mountain. Bearing banyan branches, he went to the Blessed One, and, after bowing to the Blessed One and circumambulating him, he held the banyan branches aloft so that the bright sun would not torment his body, and followed him. He escorted him until they came to the next village, and on his way back a lion, the king of beasts, killed him. After he died he transmigrated and took rebirth among the gods.

4.­94

Now when young gods and goddesses are born they possess three different types of innate knowledge. They know, (1) whence they have died and transmigrated, (2) where they have been born, and (3) why they have taken birth there.

4.­95

The young god who formerly was the elephant saw that when he died from his life as an animal, filled with joy at the thought of the Blessed One, he transmigrated and took rebirth in a higher state as a god in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Then he thought, “It’s been a whole day since I approached the Blessed One and offered him my respect. This isn’t proper of me. Not a day should pass without my seeing the Blessed One.”

4.­96

So the young god who formerly was the elephant decorated himself with earrings, garlands, and strings of precious stones, put on a crown decorated with various types of precious jewels, and perfumed his body with saffron, tamala, spṛka, and other herbs. That night he filled the front of his long shirt with divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers. Then, appearing amid a great light in the garden of Prince Jeta, he approached the Blessed One, scattered the divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers over the Blessed One, and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

4.­97

The Blessed One directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament,116 and nature of the young god who formerly was the elephant, and taught him the Dharma in such a way that he realized the noble truths of noble beings. Hearing it, the young god who formerly was the elephant [F.188.a] destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry.

4.­98

Having seen the truths, he expressed his joy three times, saying, “Lord, Blessed One, when you dried up the ocean of my blood and tears, led me over the mountain pass of bones, slammed shut the doors to lower births, and swung wide the doors to heaven and liberation, you established me among gods and human beings, which no one has ever done for me‍—which neither my father and mother, nor a sovereign, nor deities, nor my relatives and all my friends, nor my ancestors before me could do, and that neither the ascetics nor the brahmins could do.”

He continued:

4.­99
“With force you cleaved the path I walked,
Fraught with evil, leading to lower births.
You unbarred the way to heavens of high merit,
That I might attain the sorrowless way.
4.­100
“With your support, today I have gained
The clearest vision, pure of faults.
I shall bridge a sea of misery.
I shall gain the peaceful state that so delights the noble ones.
4.­101
“You whom humans and gods alike revere‍—
You’ve nary an ailment: birth, aging, or death;
It is hard to behold you in even a thousand lifetimes,
But today, O Sage, I see you and my life bears fruit.”
4.­102
Then he removed his garland,
Bowed and prostrated at the Blessed One’s feet,
Walked around the Victor in a gesture of respect,
Turned his face to the world of gods, and flew home.117
4.­103

When the young god who was formerly the elephant returned to where he belongs, the rewards of having met the Blessed One were like the profits of a merchant, the success of a farmer in the field, the victory of a national hero, and the liberation at last of the sick from any illness.

4.­104

At that time, the monks who were committed to earnest practice, foregoing sleep from dusk to dawn, noticed all the great rays of light spreading forth from where the Blessed One was. They were bewildered at the sight, and inquired of the Blessed Buddha, [F.188.b] “Lord, what was this? Last night, did Sahāṃpati Brahmā, or Śakra, King of the Gods‍—or perhaps the four great kings‍—come to offer respect to the Blessed One?”

4.­105

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “it was neither Sahāṃpati Brahmā, nor Śakra, King of the Gods, nor the four great kings who came to see me. Did you see the elephant bull who held the banyan branches as the Tathāgata was walking on the road?”

“Yes, Lord, we saw him.”

4.­106

“Monks, on the way back he was killed by a lion. Having felt such joy toward me, he took rebirth among the gods and came here to see me. I taught the Dharma to that young god, and, having seen the truths, he returned to where he belongs.”

4.­107

“Lord,” the monks inquired of the Blessed Buddha, “what action did he take that ripened into his birth among the gods, and that he pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One replied, “it was partly due to his past actions, and it is partly due to his present actions as well.

4.­108

“As for his past actions, monks, in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, he went forth in his teaching.

4.­109

“As a monk, he had no respect for his training and became caught up in distractions. He did much that violated the fundamental precepts, both lesser and greater. Still, he maintained some of the fundamental precepts, and at the time of his death [F.189.a] he prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha.’

4.­110

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that monk then is none other than this elephant. The act of failing to maintain both the lesser and greater fundamental precepts ripened into his birth among the animals. Since he protected some of the fundamental precepts, at the time of his death he prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, may I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha.’

4.­111

“So it is monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me and not displeased me. These were his past actions.

“As for his present actions, the monk became an elephant who offered me his respectful service with a mind full of joy, so he took birth among the gods. These were his present actions.”

The Nāga (1)

4.­112

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, a nāga king called Vasu lived in the great ocean. When the time came for him to marry he took a nāga wife, and they enjoyed themselves and coupled. One day she gave birth to a child, and at the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they asked, “What name should we give this child?” And they named him, saying, “Since this is Vasu’s child, his name will be Vasubhadra.” Young Vasubhadra was reared on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he grew up, and learned to get around. [F.189.b]

4.­113

Now it is characteristic of the nāgas that three times each day and three times each night the nāga sands rain down on their bodies. This causes them to undergo dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony. Until the day the child came into his own, the nāga sands never rained down on his body. But once he had grown and come into his own, the nāga sands rained down on him too and caused him dreadful suffering and extreme, excruciating, unbearable agony, so he asked his parents, “Mother, Father, how long must I undergo such suffering?”

His parents replied, “For as long as it is destined to you, son, you will undergo these sufferings.”

4.­114

The young nāga looked and saw that the nāga sands didn’t rain down on the bodies of other nāgas. Seeing this he asked his parents, “Mother, Father, I think we have fallen into a lower realm. For if the nāga sands don’t rain down on those high nāgas there, why do they rain down on our bodies?”

“Those high nāgas are of great renown,” his parents replied. “It’s because of their great renown that they aren’t rained down upon.”

4.­115

Then he looked and saw that in the great ocean there were some nāgas who were even more wretched than they were, but nāga sand wasn’t raining down on their bodies. Seeing this, he asked his parents, “Mother, Father, are you telling me that these are all nāgas of great renown, and that because of their great renown nāga sand isn’t raining down on their bodies? For there are some here who are even more wretched than we are. Why then, if nāga sand isn’t raining down on their bodies, is it still raining down on ours?”

“Though they are more wretched than we are,” explained his parents, “nonetheless they take refuge and maintain the fundamental precepts. That’s why nāga sand doesn’t rain down on their bodies.”

4.­116

When he heard this, he surged with joy. “Mother, Father,” he asked, “how is that they came to take refuge and the fundamental precepts?” [F.190.a]

“A buddha has arisen here, in this central land,” they said. “He has let fall a rain of nectar, and so they have come to take refuge and the fundamental precepts.”

“Mother, Father,” the young nāga requested, “please, permit me to go take refuge and maintain the fundamental precepts, by whose power nāga sand will no longer rain down on my body.”

4.­117

“Do not take them, son,” cautioned his parents. “Though the sufferings of the sands are innate to us, they are minor. If you take refuge and the fundamental precepts but do not maintain them, it will be the basis of your taking rebirth as a hell being, an animal, or an anguished spirit, where you will undergo great suffering, compared to which your current sufferings are not even a fraction’s worth‍—not even a hundredth, not even a thousandth, not even a hundred thousandth.”

4.­118

“Mother, Father,” said the young nāga, “I shall maintain them to the best of my ability, if only to assuage the sufferings of the sands innate to us.” With those words the young nāga filled up the front of his long shirt with divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, white lotus, and mandārava flowers, disappeared from beneath the great ocean, and traveled to the garden of Prince Jeta, where the Blessed One sat teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds. The young nāga saw the Blessed Buddha, resplendent and agreeable, in the distance. His senses were tamed, his heart was at peace, and his mind was tame and absolutely serene. He was graced with a supreme tranquility, shining and radiant like a golden pillar.

4.­119

He saw the Blessed Buddha, and the sight of him filled him with supreme joy. Full of such joy he approached the Blessed One, and when he arrived he scattered the divine blue lotus, lotus, white water lily, and white lotus flowers over the Blessed One. Then he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, took refuge in the Blessed One, received the fundamental precepts, [F.190.b] and sat before him to listen to the Dharma.

4.­120

Now that the nāga sands affected him no more, he thought, “The Blessed One has dispelled many kinds of suffering and unhappiness, and brought me many kinds of happiness and bliss. How could I repay the Blessed One? If the Blessed One will permit it, for as long as I live, I will respectfully serve the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with all their needs.”

4.­121

He rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and implored him, “Blessed One, for as long as I live please permit me to provide the Buddha and118 the entire saṅgha of monks with provisions of clothing, food, bedding, seats, and medicines for the sick. Blessed One, please permit me to do so.”

“Young man,” the Blessed One replied, “please let me go, for there are others who also need my help.”

4.­122

After the Blessed One remained in retreat in Śrāvastī during the rains, he instructed Venerable Ānanda, saying, “Ānanda, go and give this message to the monks: tell them that the Tathāgata will travel through the countryside to Magadha. Inform them that those who wish to travel through the countryside with the Tathāgata should prepare their robes.” Then, after staying in Śrāvastī for as long as he liked, the Blessed One traveled to Rājagṛha.

4.­123

The young nāga thought, “Even though the Blessed One would not permit me to respectfully serve them with provisions of clothing, food, bedding, seats, and medicines for the sick for as long as I live, while they are on this road I can provide the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with all their needs.” He drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, [F.191.a] and implored the Blessed One again, “I would like to provide the Blessed One and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with provisions of clothing, food, bedding, seats, and medicines for the sick as we travel from Śrāvastī to Rājagṛha. Blessed One, please permit me to do so.” The Blessed One assented by his silence.

4.­124

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One had given his assent, straightaway the young nāga cleared the road from Śrāvastī to Rājagṛha of stones, pebbles, and gravel, cleaned the roadside ditches, and swept away mud, filth, twigs, and dung until there was no more. Then he covered the ground with green grass and sprinkled it with fragrant water to settle the dust. All along either side he laid branches of fruits and flowers, as if it were a courtyard, and it resounded with singing parrots, peacocks, mountain birds, and cakravāka birds. He filled the ponds, pools, and reservoirs with lotus, blue lotus, white water lily, and white lotus flowers, and he magically manifested honking swans and geese and quacking ducks.

4.­125

He filled the length of the road with vases and lined the sides with banana trees and marvelous garlands. He set up parasols, banners, and flags, decorated them with various colored fabrics, and set out yak-tail whisks. On the right and on the left he arrayed blue, yellow, red, and white platforms, overlaid with sashed canopies, and decorated with moons, crescents, and mirrors.

4.­126

He decorated himself with bangles around the neck and wrists, armlets, garlands of ornaments, and strings of precious stones. He magically manifested cascading bouquets of flowers in elaborate arrangements, and he magically manifested crowds of people as well. Some held hundred-ribbed parasols over the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks. [F.191.b] Some held canopies aloft. Some waved fans with golden handles, others waved fans with bejeweled handles, and some scattered lotus, blue lotus, white water lily, and white lotus flowers.

4.­127

The young nāga followed close behind the Blessed One, worshiping him with flowers, and burning sticks of incense, incense powder, and incense cones. Whenever and wherever the Blessed One paused in repose, then and there he magically manifested a seat. He contented the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with a blend of molasses, sugarcane juice, and refined sugar. Whenever and wherever the Blessed One made camp for the night, then and there he would magically manifest a monastery that was complete in every respect. He also offered scented water for the monks to wash their feet and fragrant sesame oil to anoint them. Then the following day, once he had contented the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks with many good and wholesome foods, he would again accompany the Buddha, venerating him, treating him as his guru, and offering him honor and worship.

4.­128

The Blessed One traveled and traveled until eventually he arrived in Rājagṛha, where he stayed in the Kalandakanivāsa, in Bamboo Grove. There the young nāga drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested the Blessed One, “I would like to provide the Blessed One and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for three months with provisions of clothing, food, bedding, seats, and medicines for the sick here in Bamboo Grove. Blessed One, please permit me to do so.” The Blessed One assented to the young nāga by his silence.

4.­129

Understanding that by his silence the Blessed One [F.192.a] had given his assent, the young nāga then prepared everything they would need for three months there in Bamboo Grove. Once he had provided for all the needs of the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks for three months, on the last day he contented them with foods of a hundred flavors and to the Blessed One he offered a very costly robe. To each of the other monks he also offered everything that was needed. Then he took a seat at the head of the row with thoughts of faith, and at that moment the Blessed One smiled.

Now it is the nature of the blessed buddhas’ smiles that when they smile, colorful beams of blue, yellow, red, and white light radiate from their mouths, with some traveling up and others traveling down.

4.­130

Those that travel down go to the beings in the Reviving Hell, the Black Thread Hell, the Crushing Hell, the Shrieking Hell, the Screaming Hell, the Hot Hell, the Hell of Extreme Heat, the Hell of Ceaseless Agony, the Blistering Hell, the Bursting Blister Hell, the Hell of Chattering Teeth, the Hell of Lamentation, the Cold Whimpering Hell, the Splitting Open Like a Blue Lotus Hell, the Splitting Open Like a Lotus Hell, and the Splitting Open Like a Great Lotus Hell, and as they descend they cool the beings in the hot hells, and warm the beings in the cold hells.

4.­131

In this way they soothe the particular injuries of those beings, who wonder, “Have we died and been reborn somewhere other than this place?” Then, to engender faith in them, the blessed ones radiate an emanation, and when the beings see it, they think, “Alas, it is neither that we have died and left this place, nor that we have been born elsewhere. Rather it is because of the unprecedented appearance [F.192.b] of this emanation that our particular injuries have been soothed.” They feel real joy toward the emanation, exhausting the deeds that brought them to experience the hells. Now, as fit vessels of the truths, they take rebirth among the gods and humans.

4.­132

The rays of light that travel up go to the following gods: those of the Abodes of the Four Great Kings, the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, the Strifeless Heaven, Tuṣita Heaven, the Delighting in Creation Heaven, the Heaven of the Masters of Others’ Creations, and the Heaven of Brahmā’s Assembly; those of the realms called Brahmin Priests, Great Brahmā, Limited Splendor, Immeasurable Splendor, Radiant Heaven, Lesser Virtue, Immeasurable Virtue, Extensive Virtue, and the Cloudless Heaven; and those of the realms called Increasing Merit, Great Result, None Greater, Sorrowless, Sublime Vision, Great Vision, and Supreme. There they sound a cry of impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and selflessness, and they echo the following two verses:

4.­133
Cultivate renunciation,
Practice the Buddha’s teaching‍—
Trample the lord of death’s army
Like an elephant in a house of reeds!
4.­134
Those who mind their way along the path
Of this Dharma and Vinaya
Will abandon the round of rebirth
And put an end to suffering.
4.­135

Then the rays of light circle through the trichiliocosm and come back to the blessed ones. Should the blessed one wish to make a revelation about past deeds, they will disappear into the blessed one’s back. Should he wish to foretell the future, they will disappear into the chest. [F.193.a] Should he wish to prophesy about a hell birth, they will disappear into the soles of the feet. Should he wish to prophesy about an animal birth, they will disappear into the heels. Should he wish to prophesy about birth as an anguished spirit, they will disappear into the big toe. Should he wish to prophesy about a human birth, they will disappear into the knees.

4.­136

Should he wish to prophesy about someone’s becoming a great universal monarch, they will disappear into the palm of the left hand. Should he wish to prophesy about someone’s becoming a universal monarch, they will disappear into the palm of the right hand. Should he wish to prophesy about a god birth, they will disappear into the navel. Should he wish to prophesy about the enlightenment of the listeners, they will disappear into the mouth. Should he wish to prophesy about the enlightenment of the solitary buddhas, they will disappear into the hair between the eyebrows. Should he wish to prophesy about an unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment, they will disappear into the crown of the head.

4.­137

After these particular rays of light had circled the Blessed One three times, they disappeared into the hair between the Blessed One’s eyebrows. Then Venerable Ānanda joined his palms in reverence and praised the Blessed One with the following verse:

4.­138
“From your mouth’s great gate spill forth
Scores of thousand-colored spectra.
Like the shining of the sun,
They illumine everything.”
4.­139

He then supplicated him with the following verses:

“The lords of beings, the buddhas who cast off disconsolation,
Are rid of savagery and pride, and are themselves the cause of all that’s good.
These victors over every rival, in the absence of cause and condition
Do not display their smiles, which are the color of conch and lotus root.
4.­140
“So if you know it’s time, for your mind never falters,
Then come‍—ascetic, victor‍—quell your disciples’ hesitation. [F.193.b]
O sage, greatest of the herd, with speech unrivaled, sure, and good,
Reassure those prone to doubt.
4.­141
“Mountain still, and vast as oceans,
Buddha, fully awakened lord,
Your smile is no mundane event.
Hero, make it manifest so that many might pay heed.
4.­142
“With speech like a clap of thunder,
Graceful like a royal bull,
Oh tell the fruits awaiting those,
The peerless ones, who praise you!
4.­143

“Lord, if in the absence of the right causes and conditions the tathāgatas, the arhats, the totally and completely awakened buddhas do not smile, what are the causes and conditions that make them smile?”

4.­144

“Ānanda, so it is,” replied the Blessed One. “It is just as you say, Ānanda. Without the right causes and conditions the tathāgatas, the arhats, the totally and completely awakened buddhas do not smile. Ānanda, did you see the young nāga who provided for the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, both on the road and here in Rājagṛha?”

“Yes, Lord, I saw him.”

4.­145

“Ānanda, by the root of virtue of this nāga’s act, he will not fall to the lower realms for one hundred eons. For one hundred eons he will take rebirth among gods and humans. After circling in saṃsāra, in his final rebirth, his final dwelling place, he will take birth as a human being. Then he will go forth and manifest the thirty-seven wings of enlightenment without a teacher or any instruction. He will manifest the enlightenment of a solitary buddha and become the solitary buddha known as Aspiration Well Sown.”

The Story of Siṃha

4.­146

When the Blessed One was in Vaiśālī, as a certain army chief named Siṃha and his wife enjoyed themselves and coupled, his wife conceived, and immediately her entire body began to smell of excrement. What’s more, she also had the urge to eat excrement.

4.­147

She explained all of this to her husband, Siṃha the army chief. “Alas!” army chief Siṃha thought, “one of those rotting spirits has assumed control of my wife,” and he brought her to the soothsayers.

4.­148

“No, she has not been possessed by a rotten spirit,” the soothsayers assured him. [F.194.a] “All this has taken place on account of the being in her womb. Once that being is born there will be no more trouble.”

4.­149

Then after nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child that was ugly in eighteen different ways. No sooner was the child born than the house was suffused with the smell of excrement. The women laid him out on the bed and applied all different kinds of perfumes, but still could not remove the smell of filth from his body. The army chief Siṃha’s wife did not wish to show the child to him, but one of the other women informed him, “Sir, though indeed you have a son, he is ugly in eighteen different ways, the smell of excrement pervades his body, and the whole house is filling up with the smell.”

4.­150

The army chief Siṃha was stricken to hear this and thought, “Though a son has finally been born to me, since he’s disfigured, what use is he to me? When night falls, I’ll toss him out to the dogs.”

4.­151

Now in the meantime the army chief Siṃha’s spiritual advisor had met the Blessed One and seen the truths. Having seen the truths, he thought, “This being was born due to his past actions. Since he was born in a body like this due to his nonvirtuous actions, they should raise this pitiable creature. When he is grown, they should introduce him to respectful service to the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. Then at the very least he will not take birth in such a body in his next life.”

4.­152

So they reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and when he had grown, his father said to him, “Son, you have a body like this on account of your nonvirtuous past actions. [F.194.b] Right now the Blessed One is a rich field of merit for all humanity.119 Even doing him some small service will bring a great result and benefit you greatly. Offer him your service, make good prayers, and perhaps the burden of your past deeds120 will be lighter.”

4.­153

Heeding his father’s words, he began to respectfully serve the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha. One day, at the young man’s behest, his parents extended an invitation to the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks, and he contented them with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that they wished. Once he knew that their bowls had been taken away and their hands washed, he brought in a very low seat and sat before the Blessed One to listen to the Dharma.

4.­154

The Blessed One directly apprehended his thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, capacity, and nature, and taught him the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, the young man destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat.

4.­155

Having seen the truths, he thought, “If my body weren’t like this, I too would go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, in order to ford the floodwaters and completely escape my fetters with diligence, practice, and effort.” No sooner had he thought this than his ugly features and the unpleasant smell disappeared, and he was filled with exceptional joy toward the Blessed One.

4.­156

Full of such joy, he pressed his palms together, bowed toward the Blessed One, and requested, [F.195.a] “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

4.­157

With the words “Come, join me, monk! Practice the holy life,” the Blessed One led him to go forth as a novice, conferred on him full ordination, and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

4.­158

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did this monk take that ripened into his being ugly in eighteen different ways, and that the smell of excrement arose from all over his body? What action did he take that, as soon as he felt a sense of renunciation, his ugliness disappeared and he became good looking; that he pleased the Blessed One, did not displease him; and that he went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

4.­159

“Monks,” the Blessed One explained, “such are the actions that he committed and accumulated:

“Monks, in times gone by, in a mountain village there lived a brahmin who was well proportioned, [F.195.b] pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. Arrogant about his good looks and youthfulness, he was contemptuous toward many ascetics and brahmins. One day he went to the roof of his house and sat there surrounded by young brahmins.

4.­160

“In times when a blessed one has not arisen in the world, out of compassion for the destitute and suffering the solitary buddhas appear, taking up residence in remote places. Solitary as the rhinoceros, in all the world they alone are worthy of offerings.

4.­161

“So it was that a solitary buddha was going for alms in that mountain town, where he received very good food and drink. He was carrying it when the brahmin spotted him striding away from the front door of the brahmin’s house and proceeding to the main road. There was a pot full of excrement on the rooftop in front of the brahmin. Intending the solitary buddha harm, he kicked the pot down on top of him and it soiled the sage’s clothes, body, and alms bowl. The solitary buddha looked up as the brahmin’s face turned from gleeful to hideous, degraded by the actions of his own body.

4.­162

“Then the solitary buddha thought, ‘This emotionally afflicted person has become so abased! I have to help him.’ With this thought he rose up into the sky, making a miraculous display of fire and light, rain and lightning.

“Ordinary people are quickly brought to faith through miracles, so when the brahmin saw all this, he bowed down at the sage’s feet like a tree felled by a saw, saying, ‘O great fortunate one, please, please come down! I’m mired in misdeeds! Please reach down and lift me up!’ Out of compassion for him, the solitary buddha descended. The brahmin invited him inside, carried away his garments, anointed his body with fragrance, bathed him in scented water, [F.196.a] and offered him a new Dharma robe.

4.­163

“Then, after he had contented him with many good, wholesome foods, proffering all that he wished, he touched his head to his feet, asked his forgiveness, and prayed, ‘May no portion of the act of having done harm to this supreme object of worship ripen unto me. By the root of virtue of having paid homage to him, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. May I please and not displease a teacher even more exalted than this. May I achieve such great virtues. Should it be the case that this nonvirtue must certainly bear fruit, then as soon as I feel a sense of renunciation, may my ugliness disappear, and may I become good looking.’

4.­164

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was that brahmin then is now Siṃha’s very own son. At that time, the act of doing harm to that solitary buddha ripened such that wherever he was born, he was ugly in eighteen different ways, and his entire body emitted a smell of excrement. Later, he paid homage to him and prayed, ‘By this root of the virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. May I please and not displease a teacher even more exalted than this. May I achieve such great virtues. Should it be the case that this nonvirtue must certainly bear fruit, then as soon as I feel a sense of renunciation, may my ugliness disappear and may I become good looking.’

4.­165

“Monks, I am more exalted [F.196.b] than even a hundred thousand solitary buddhas, and he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, manifested arhatship, and as soon as he felt a sense of renunciation, his ugliness disappeared and he became good looking.”

“Lord,” the monks asked the Blessed One, “what action did the army chief take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth, and that he pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

4.­166

The Blessed One replied, “He became a lay vow holder in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa. Then, he gave gifts and made merit, took refuge, and maintained the fundamental precepts all his life. At the time of his death he prayed, ‘Oh, by this root of virtue, wherever I am born, may it be into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May I please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha.’

4.­167

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was a lay vow holder in the doctrine of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa then is none other than the army chief Siṃha. There he gave gifts and made merit, took refuge and maintained the fundamental precepts, and prayed at the time of his death. Those acts ripened such that wherever he was born, it was into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth.

4.­168

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that [F.197.a] he has pleased me, and not displeased me.”

The Schism in the Saṅgha

4.­169

When the Blessed One was in Rājagṛha, there was a famine of such severity and duration that beggars did not receive any food. After all, if parents could not hope to provide even their own children with food, what need is there to speak of beggars.

4.­170

The Blessed One addressed the monks, saying, “Monks, I would very much like to spend three months in meditative seclusion. During that period let no monk approach the Blessed One except on the fifteenth day for the poṣadha purification ceremony or to bring food.” Having spoken thus, the Blessed One spent three months in secluded meditation, and the monks agreed among themselves that none of them would go to see the Blessed One except on the fifteenth day for the poṣadha purification ceremony or to bring food.

4.­171

At this Devadatta121 thought, “The time has come for me to cause a schism in the saṅgha of the ascetic Gautama’s disciples‍—to cause a schism in his circle.” So he said to the monks, “Lords, behold how the ascetic Gautama treats his disciples! Just when he ought to provide for all the monks’ needs, he remains in secluded meditation. Come, monks! Stay with me and I shall provide for all your needs.”

4.­172

Some five hundred monks heeded his words and decided to disregard the Blessed One. They went to meet with Devadatta, who gathered those monks around him and declared the following:

“Since the ascetic Gautama stays in a remote hermitage, we will stay in the village. Why? Because, monks, there are many disadvantages to staying in a remote hermitage. [F.197.b]

4.­173

“Since the ascetic Gautama permits the eating of meat, we will not eat it. Why? On the grounds that beings will be killed.

“Since the ascetic Gautama eats salt, we will not eat it. Why? Because it comes from salt water.

4.­174

“Since the ascetic Gautama drinks milk, we will not drink it. Why? On the grounds that it causes the calves distress.

“Since the ascetic Gautama dons fringed robes, we will not wear them. Why? Because they are a waste of people’s earnings.

4.­175

“Whoever wishes to take these five vows as the basis of his conduct and to accept and receive them, and wishes to part now from the ascetic Gautama, to follow another, and to sever himself from the ascetic Gautama, let him take a tally stick.” He distributed the tally sticks among the saṅgha, and five hundred monks took them. After the sticks had been handed out, Devadatta led the monks make the following supplication:

4.­176

‘Lord, please heed this saṅgha:

‘Since the ascetic Gautama stays in a remote hermitage, we will stay in the village. Why? Because, monks, there are many disadvantages to remaining in the monastery.

“If the ascetic Gautama permits the eating of meat, we will not eat it. Why? On the grounds that beings will be killed.

“If the ascetic Gautama eats salt, we will not eat it. Why? Because it comes from salt water.

4.­177

“If the ascetic Gautama drinks milk, we will not drink it. Why? On the grounds that it causes the calves distress.

“If the ascetic Gautama dons fringed robes, we will not wear them. Why? Because they are a waste of people’s earnings.

“With your consent, if the time is right, we, your saṅgha, request to take these five vows as [F.198.a] the foundation of our conduct.”

4.­178

Led by Devadatta, the five hundred monks strode into Kurkuṭārāma Gardens. The foremost of his monks‍—Kokālika, Khaṇḍadravya, Kaṭamorakatiṣya, and Samudradatta‍—organized them into seated rows on the right and on the left. Devadatta took a seat in the middle of the group, and felt like a masterful Dharma teacher. The idea had come to him, “Now I have finished creating a schism in the ascetic Gautama’s saṅgha of monks. I have finished creating a schism in his retinue,” and, sitting in the middle of the group, he felt like a masterful Dharma teacher.

4.­179

Because of the schism in the saṅgha, the monks did not practice, contemplate, give any precepts or instruction, or recite. They did not recollect the sūtras, nor did they recollect the vinaya, nor did they recollect the abhidharma. There were obstacles to every virtuous endeavor.

4.­180

“Lord,” the monks asked the Blessed One, “what activities did the Blessed One undertake that ripened into a division of the saṅgha?”

“It was I myself,” the Blessed One replied, “who, in previous lifetimes, put the conditions in place and accumulated the causes for this. It was as inevitable as the tides. If I alone committed and accumulated these actions, which are certain to return, who else could come to experience them?

4.­181

“Monks, the actions that I committed and accumulated did not ripen into the external element of earth. They did not ripen into the element of water, nor the element of fire, nor the element of wind. The actions I committed and accumulated, both virtuous and nonvirtuous, ripened into nothing but my own aggregates, sense bases, and constituent elements.

4.­182
“When the time arrives‍—and even if
A hundred eons pass‍—
Fruit is born of every act
That sentient beings amass.
4.­183

“Monks, it took place in times gone by, during King Brahmadatta’s reign in the city of Vārāṇasī. At that time in Vārāṇasī, in one of the sages’ dwellings there lived a certain sage who was clairvoyant [F.198.b] and supported by five hundred of his disciples.

4.­184

“One day a brahmin came from the south with five hundred disciples and established himself near the sage’s dwelling. There he began to teach his five hundred young brahmins the secret mantras of the brahmins. That brahmin was also a master of the eighteen sciences. When some disciples of the first brahmin sage who had already been living there heard about the brahmin, they went to see him, saying, ‘Teacher, work your benefit upon us as well!’

4.­185

“ ‘How, then, am I to benefit you?’ the brahmin asked.

“The young brahmins said, ‘We request that you benefit us by teaching recitation.’

“ ‘I don’t teach the disciples of others,’ the brahmin said.

4.­186

“The disciples of the first brahmin thought, ‘Our preceptor may have attracted us with food and clothes, but he is not capable of instructing us in recitation. Let us abandon that one and entrust ourselves to this brahmin instead. Let’s get together and learn recitation.’ So they said to the second brahmin, ‘We are abandoning our teacher. We shall entrust ourselves to you alone.’

4.­187

“ ‘If that’s the case,’ the brahmin said, ‘let me help you by providing you with food and clothes, and by teaching you recitation.’

“No sooner had they heard this than the young brahmins left the sage friendless and all alone and entrusted themselves to the brahmin, who gathered them around him by providing them with food and clothes and by teaching them recitation.

4.­188

“O monks, what do you think? I am the one who was that brahmin then, and lived the life of a bodhisattva. The action of causing a schism in that sage’s retinue ripened such that for hundreds upon hundreds and thousands upon thousands of years I took rebirth as a hell being and was cooked. Then when I died from there and transmigrated, wherever I was born I underwent separation from my disciples up until this very day, when, due to the ripening of that action, Devadatta has divided my circle.” [B17] [F.199.a]

The Dark Forest

4.­189

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there was a certain very dark forest, and in that forest was a certain place where spring water pooled. Some five hundred sages lived at the spring and practiced austerities. All of them were in their final existence, like ripe fruit ready to burst at the touch of a blade.

4.­190

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

4.­191

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

4.­192
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame [F.199.b]
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
4.­193

The Blessed One thought, “The time has come to tame those five hundred sages.” He disappeared from Śrāvastī and traveled to the dark forest. The five hundred sages saw the Blessed One from a distance, and when they saw him they said to one another, “Oh no! Here comes the ascetic Gautama, who has taken on many distractions and given up begging for his livelihood. When he gets here, let us not speak to him at all but only indicate the huts with a hand gesture.”

4.­194

So all five hundred sages hunkered down and said nothing at all. As the Blessed One, lord of taming actions, stepped before them and addressed them, they did not answer the Blessed One at all, but only indicated the huts with a hand gesture. The Blessed One entered a hut and took his place on a grass seat. Then, in order to set right the five hundred sages, the Blessed One performed a miracle that dried up the pool of spring water. When the five hundred sages saw that there was no more water in the pool, they suffered greatly and began making supplications to their deity, but still no water came from the spring.

4.­195

Then, in order to engender faith in them, the deity revealed his bodily form to the five hundred sages and said, “What is the use of fasting and going thirsty, my friends? The Blessed One is a person of great miracles and great power. Go, take refuge in the Blessed One. By the power of the Blessed One, the pool will again be as it was.” Hearing the deity’s advice, the five hundred sages were elated. In their joy they went to see the Blessed One, and upon their arrival they implored the Blessed One for his forgiveness and sat before him to listen to the Dharma. [F.200.a]

4.­196

The Blessed One directly apprehended their thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperaments, capacities, and natures, and taught them the Dharma accordingly. Hearing it, they destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of non-return right where they sat, Having seen the truths, they rose from their seats, drew down the right shoulder of their upper garments, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and made this request of the Blessed One: “Lord, if permitted we wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete our novitiates, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, we too wish to practice the holy life.”

4.­197

With the words “Come, join me, monks!” the Blessed One led them to go forth as novices, conferred on them full ordination, and instructed them. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, they manifested arhatship. As arhats, free from the attachments of the three realms, their minds regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of their hands as like space itself. They became cool like wet sandalwood. Their insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. They achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. They had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. They became objects of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods. After the Blessed One had led them to go forth and ordained them, he disappeared from the forest and traveled to the garden of Prince Jeta.

4.­198

In the meantime, the brahmins and householders of faith had heard that five hundred monks had taken up residence in the forest, so they built a monastery in the forest that was complete in every respect [F.200.b] and offered it to the Buddha and the rest of the saṅgha of monks.

4.­199

The monks inquired of the Blessed One, “Lord, what action did the five hundred monks take that ripened into their pleasing the Blessed One and not displeasing him, and that they went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship?”

“It came about by the power of their prayers,” the Blessed One replied.

4.­200

“Lord, where did they make these prayers?”

“Monks,” the Blessed One recounted, “in times past, in this fortunate eon, when people lived as long as twenty thousand years, and the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Kāśyapa was in the world, they went forth in his doctrine and practiced pure conduct all their lives.

4.­201

“At the time of their deaths they prayed, ‘While we may not have attained any great virtues, still we have gone forth in the teaching of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa and practiced pure conduct all our lives. By this root of virtue, may we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

4.­202

“O monks, what do you think? The five hundred monks who went forth then are none other than these five hundred monks. At that time they practiced pure conduct all their lives, and at the time of their deaths they prayed, [F.201.a] ‘May we please and not displease Uttara, the young brahmin prophesied by the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa to be the next blessed buddha. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

4.­203

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Kāśyapa‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that they have pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.”

The One Who Heard

4.­204

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there was a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, with glowing, golden skin and a well-rounded head, long arms, a broad brow, a fine and prominent nose, and eyebrows that met. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan.

4.­205

They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids, and he flourished like a lotus in a lake. As he grew up he studied letters, tallying, and arithmetic; the study of seals, lending, deposits, and commerce; and the examination of cloth, jewels, gems, incense, medicine, elephants, horses, [F.201.b] and arms and armor. He became skilled in writing, skilled at reading, learned, decisive, and industrious, a master of the eight types of examination.

4.­206

His father built three houses for him‍—one for summer, one for winter, and one for spring‍—with three different gardens, and the son married three wives, a primary wife, a middling wife, and a lesser wife. He would stay up on the roofs of his palatial homes in the company of the women, reaping the fruits of his merit as they played music, enjoyed themselves, and coupled.

4.­207

One day in the spring, when many trees were in bloom and the parrots, mountain birds, cuckoos, peacocks, and jīvaṃjīva birds began to call out, he strode into his garden grove with his attendants, and they began to enjoy themselves and couple amid a flourish of cymbals.

4.­208

The blessed buddhas, teachers of the one path to be traversed, with mastery over wisdom and the two types of knowable objects, in command of the three kinds of sterling equanimity, fearless by means of the fourfold fearlessness, freed from migration through the five destinies, keen in the six sense bases, practiced in the seven limbs of enlightenment, focused on the eight liberations, absorbed in the nine successive meditative absorptions, possessing all ten of the ten powers, whose proclamations are the great roaring of a perfect lion, by nature regard the world with their buddha eyes six times throughout the day and night‍—three times by day and three times by night.

4.­209

These are their thoughts as they look out in wisdom: “Who is in decline? Who will flourish? Who is destitute? Who is in a dreadful state? Who is being harmed? Who is destitute, in a dreadful state, and being harmed? Who is veering toward the lower realms? Who is descending through the lower realms? Who has descended to the lower realms? Whom shall I pull up from the lower realms, and establish in the resultant state of heaven and liberation? Whom, mired in misdeeds, shall I lift up by the hand? Whom, [F.202.a] lacking the seven jewels of the noble ones, shall I lead to command of the seven jewels of the noble ones? Whom, not having produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to produce them? Whom, having already produced roots of virtue, shall I lead to ripen their roots of virtue? Whom, having already ripened their roots of virtue, shall I slice open with the blade of wisdom? For whom shall I cause this world, adorned with a buddha’s presence, to be fruitful?”

4.­210
The ocean, home of creatures fierce,
Could fail to send its tides on time.
But when the time has come to tame
Their offspring, buddhas never fail.
4.­211

The Blessed One knew that the time had come to tame the householder’s son, so he emanated another garden nearby, and in that garden he began teaching the Dharma to a great crowd of people with a voice like Brahmā. The householder’s son heard the Blessed One’s voice ringing out in the garden, and thought, “I have never heard a human voice like this before.” He found it marvelous. “I will go and find out who could have such a voice,” he thought.

4.­212

Following the sound into the next garden, the householder’s son and his servants saw the Blessed Buddha. His body, graced and resplendent with the thirty-two signs of a great person, looked like it was on fire, like flames stoked with ghee, like a lamp set in a golden vessel, and like a pillar adorned with all manner of jewels. He was immaculate, clear-minded, and pure of heart.

4.­213

He saw the Blessed Buddha, and the sight of him filled him with supreme joy, for beings who have gathered the roots of virtue to see a buddha for the first time experience such rapture [F.202.b] as is not to be had even by those who practice calm abiding meditation for twelve years.

4.­214

Seeing the Blessed Buddha in this way, the householder’s son felt a surge of joy toward the Blessed One. In his joy he went to see the Blessed One, touched the top of his head to the Blessed One’s feet, and took a seat at one side. The Blessed One directly apprehended the thoughts, habitual tendencies, temperament, and nature of the householder’s son, and taught him the Dharma accordingly.

4.­215

When he heard it, the householder’s son destroyed with the thunderbolt of wisdom the twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection, and manifested the resultant state of stream entry right where he sat. Having seen the truths, he rose from his seat, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested, “Lord, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

4.­216

“Have you informed your parents?” the Blessed One asked.

“I have not, Lord.”

“Young man,” the Blessed One said, “the buddhas and their disciples neither lead novices to go forth nor confer full ordination on young persons without their parents’ permission. Go and ask your parents, then come back here. This will make things easier for you later on.”

4.­217

“I shall do as the Blessed One has instructed,” said the young man, and he heeded the Blessed One’s advice and approached his parents. “Mother, Father,” he said, “I ask for your kind permission to go forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One.”

“We shall not be able to stop him,” thought his parents, so they told him, “You have our permission, child. [F.203.a] And should you achieve any special attainments, please come see us.”

“I shall,” he replied.

4.­218

Then the young man returned to see the Blessed One. Upon his arrival he touched his head to the Blessed One’s feet, drew down the right shoulder of his upper garment, bowed toward the Blessed One with palms pressed together, and requested him again, “Lord, now that my parents have given me their consent, if permitted I wish to go forth in the Dharma and Vinaya so well spoken, complete my novitiate, and achieve full ordination. In the presence of the Blessed One, I too wish to practice the holy life.”

4.­219

With the words “Come, join me, monk! Practice the holy life,” the Blessed One led the householder’s son to go forth as a novice, conferred on him full ordination, and instructed him. Casting away all afflictive emotions through diligence, practice, and effort, he manifested arhatship. As an arhat, free from the attachments of the three realms, his mind regarded gold no differently than filth, and the palms of his hands as like space itself. He became cool like wet sandalwood. His insight crushed ignorance like an eggshell. He achieved the insights, superknowledges, and discriminations. He had no regard for worldly profit, passion, or acclaim. He became an object of offering, veneration, and respectful address by Indra, Upendra, and the other gods.

4.­220

After he attained arhatship he established his parents in the truths. He inspired them to give gifts and to share what they had, until their home became like an open well for those in need.

4.­221

“Lord,” the monks asked the Blessed One, “what action did this householder’s son take that ripened into his birth into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth; that he pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him; [F.203.b] that he went forth in the doctrine of the Blessed One, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship; and that by entrusting themselves to him, the people of his house pleased the Blessed One, and did not displease him?”

“It came about by the power of his prayers,” the Blessed One replied.

4.­222

“Lord, where did he make these prayers?”

“Monks, in times past, in the ninety-first eon, when people lived as long as eighty thousand years and the tathāgata, the arhat, the totally and completely awakened buddha possessed of insight and perfect conduct, the sugata, the knower of the world, the tamer of persons, the charioteer, the unsurpassed one, the teacher of humans and gods, the blessed buddha known as Vipaśyin was in the world, he performed all of the deeds of a buddha and then passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates, like a fire when all the wood is gone.

4.­223

“The king of the city of Bandhumatī built a reliquary stūpa and was preparing to raise the life pillar122 when a great crowd gathered. So the king exhorted them, ‘Whoever generates the most wealth on behalf of this stūpa will raise the stūpa’s life pillar.’

4.­224

“A certain householder’s son in that region heard of the king’s declaration, and an idea came to him, ‘If I can generate a lot of wealth on behalf of the stūpa, I shall get to raise the life pillar. I’m not that wealthy, but I will go see my family and generate some wealth.’

4.­225

“The householder’s son went to his family, and they said, ‘Be strong. You have to believe. Whatever wealth you generate, we will match.’ When he heard this, the young man immediately began to generate greater sums than the king, generating 600 million in gold123 all together. [F.204.a]

4.­226

“The king was not pleased about this. ‘How can I harm this boy?’ he thought, and sat there, unhappy. His officer said to him, ‘Deva, I implore you, remain committed. You must believe. We shall offer our wealth to you, Deva.’

4.­227

“Many of the young man’s relatives tried to stop him. ‘Take care not to upset the king,’ they cautioned him. ‘One should not vie with a king.’ And the young man immediately relented.

4.­228

“The king was very pleased about this, for the life pillar of the stūpa would have been raised based on the donations given to the young man. In no time at all the stūpa was completed in every respect, and people made offerings to the stūpa of flowers, and burning sticks of incense, incense powders, and incense cones, and prepared for the traditional stūpa festival.

4.­229

“The householder’s son thought, ‘This 600 million in gold was donated for the stūpa. I don’t dare use it for myself. I shall offer all of it to the stūpa.’ So the young man and his relatives made a large offering to the stūpa, and the young man prayed, ‘By this root of virtue, wherever we are born, may it be into families of great means, prosperity, and wealth. May we be well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. May we please and not displease a teacher just like this one. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

4.­230

“ ‘Child,’ his relatives asked him, ‘what prayers are you making?’

“He told them what kind of prayers he was making, relating everything in detail, and as soon as they heard him they prayed in the same way, saying, ‘Entrusting ourselves to you alone, may we please and not displease a teacher just like this one.’ [F.204.b]

4.­231

“O monks, what do you think? The one who was the householder’s son then is this young man. The act of venerating the stūpa and praying ripened such that he was born into a family of great means, prosperity, and wealth, and that he was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful.

4.­232

“So it is, monks, now that I myself have become the very equal of the totally and completely awakened Buddha Vipaśyin‍—equal in strength, equal in deeds, and equal in skillful means‍—that he has pleased me, not displeased me, gone forth in my very doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifested arhatship.

4.­233

“Those who were his relatives then are none other than these relatives of his. At that time they prayed, ‘Entrusting ourselves to you alone, may we please and not displease the Blessed One. May we go forth in his doctrine, cast away all afflictive emotions, and manifest arhatship.’

“So it is, monks, that they have pleased me and not displeased me.”

4.­234

This concludes Part Four of The Hundred Deeds.


5.

Part Five

5.­1
1. The Story of Virūpa
2. The Story of Kṣemaṅkara
3. The Young Untouchable
4. The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer124
5. The Story of Sahadeva
6. The Bull
7. The Story of Good Compassion
8. The Story of Fleshy
9. The Story of Black
10. The Story of Iṣudhara
11. The Man Who Was Trampled
12. The Story of Jackal

The Story of Virūpa

5.­2

As the Blessed One was traveling through the countryside in the land of Garga, he came to Mount Śiśumāri and stayed there in the deer park in The Terrifying Forest. On Mount Śiśumāri there lived a certain householder, prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He took a wife of the same caste, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed, she gave birth to a child who was ugly in eighteen different ways. [F.205.a]

The Story of Kṣemaṅkara

The Young Untouchable

The Story of Subhadra the Charioteer

The Story of Sahadeva

The Bull

The Story of Good Compassion

The Story of Fleshy

The Story of Black

The Story of Iṣudhara

The Man Who Was Trampled

The Story of Jackal


6.

Part Six

6.­1
1. The Bird: Two Stories
2. The Story of Majestic Body
3. The Teacher
4. A Story about Kāśyapa
5. A Story about Ānanda
6. The Story of Son of Grasping
7. The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant150
8. The Worthy of Offerings Litany
9. Latecomers: Two Stories

The Bird: Two Stories

The First Bird Story

6.­2

Once, when the Blessed One was staying at Vulture Peak Mountain in Rājagṛha teaching the Dharma amid a company of hundreds, from Gandhamādana Mountain a certain peacock named Beautiful to See came gliding through the sky over the garden of Prince Jeta.151 The bird overheard the Blessed One teaching the Dharma as he sat amid the company of hundreds, which inspired him to descend to the earth and alight at the feet of the Blessed One.

The Second Bird Story

The Story of Majestic Body

The Teacher

A Story about Kāśyapa

A Story about Ānanda

The Story of Son of Grasping

The Story of Subhadra the Mendicant

The Worthy of Offerings Litany

Latecomers to the Dharma: Two Stories

The First “Latecomer” Story

The Second “Latecomer” Story


7.

Part Seven

7.­1
1. The Story of Paṅgu
2. Bhādra
3. The Blind Man
4. The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa
5. The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa
6. The Story of Mounted on an Elephant
7. The Story of Saraṇa
8. The Mṛgavratins
9. The Story of Candrā
10. The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The Story of Paṅgu

7.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain householder who, when the time came for him to marry, took a wife. As they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child. The upper part of the child’s body was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful, but the limbs of his lower body were incomplete.

Bhādra

The Blind Man

The Story of Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

The Story of Foremost Kāśyapa

The Story of Mounted on an Elephant

The Story of Saraṇa

The Mṛgavratins

The Story of Candrā

The Kinnara Spirits: Two Stories

The First “Kinnara” Story

The Second “Kinnara” Story


8.

Part Eight

8.­1
1. The Story of Pūrṇa
2. The Sacrifice
3. The Lazy Man
4. A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada
5. The Humble One
6. Padmottama: Two Stories178
7. The Story of Sudarśana
8. The Story of Ratnaśikhin179
9. Wealth
10. The Story of Vijaya180

The Story of Pūrṇa

8.­2

When the Blessed One was in in Rājagṛha, in a remote mountain village in a valley to the south there lived a certain great, high brahmin. He was prosperous and wealthy, a person of vast and magnificent means, endowed with the wealth of Vaiśravaṇa‍—with wealth to rival Vaiśravaṇa’s. He had a loving nature, was compassionate, loved beings like a parent loves their child, and cared deeply for all beings. His name was Pūrṇa.

The Sacrifice

The Lazy Man

A Story about Anāthapiṇḍada

The Humble One

Padmottama: Two Stories

The First “Padmottama” Story

The Second “Padmottama” Story

The Story of Sudarśana

The Story of Ratnaśikhin

Wealth

The Story of Vijaya


9.

Part Nine

9.­1
1. The Sons
2. The Crevasse
3. The Ransom
4. The Attack
5. Trapped
6. The Partridge
7. Father, or The Story of Sudarśana189
8. The Bandits
9. The Piśācas
10. The Story of Head of Indra

The Sons

9.­2

When the Blessed One was in Śrāvastī, there lived a certain brahmin. When the time came for him to marry he took a wife, and as they enjoyed themselves and coupled, one day his wife conceived. After nine or ten months had passed she gave birth to a child who was well proportioned, pleasing to the eye, and beautiful. At the elaborate feast celebrating his birth they named him according to their clan. They reared him on milk, yogurt, butter, ghee, and milk solids.

The Crevasse

The Ransom

The Attack

Trapped

The Partridge

Father, or The Story of Sudarśana

The Bandits

The Piśācas

The Story of Head of Indra


10.

Part Ten

10.­1
1. Śakra
2. The King
3. The Hunter
4. The Story of Deluded202 [F.73.a]
5. The Brahmin: Three Stories
6. The Story of the Householder Govinda
7. The Quarrel
8. The Nāga (2)
9. Two Stories about King203 Śibi
10. Kauśāmbī

Śakra

10.­2

Among the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three it is Śakra, King of the Gods, who reigns over the kingdom of the thirty-three gods. Five signs customarily appear when gods near the time of their death and transmigration: (1) Deities are illuminated from within, but at that time this light dwindles. (2) The clothing and ornaments of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, as well as the branches of flowers and fruit that adorn their clothing, normally make very pleasant sounds when shaken by the wind, but at that time the sounds become unpleasant. (3) Deities’ clothing is soft to the touch, but at that time their clothing becomes very coarse. (4) No odor can cling to the body of a god, but at that time their bodies begin to reek. (5) Deities’ eyes never close, but at that time their eyes close.

The King

The Hunter

The Story of Deluded

The Brahmin: Three Stories

The First “Brahmin” Story

The Second “Brahmin” Story

The Third “Brahmin” Story

The Story of the Householder Govinda

The Quarrel

The Nāga (2)

Two Stories about King Śibi

The First Story about King Śibi

The Second Story of King Śibi

Kauśāmbī


ab.

Abbreviations

C Choné (co ne) Kangyur
D Degé (sde dge) Kangyur
H Lhasa Zhöl (lha sa zhol) Kangyur
J Lithang (li thang) Kangyur
K Kangxi Peking (pe) Kangyur
N Narthang (snar thang) Kangyur
S Stok Palace Manuscript (stog pho brang bris ma) Kangyur
U Urga (khu)
Y Yongle (g.yung lo) Kangyur

n.

Notes

n.­1
Although commonly referred to in later Tibetan works by the short form las brgya pa, the title appears in most Kangyurs as las brgya tham pa, and in both D and S as las brgya tham pa pa. The Sanskrit title is universally given as Karmaśataka, but in Kangyurs of predominantly Thempangma line this is variously prefixed: by paravarna in S, Shey, and some of the Bhutan Kangyurs; by parivarna in the Phukdrak (phug brag) Kangyur; by parivarṇa in the Ulaanbaatar Kangyur; and by paripūrna in the Hemis, Dolpo, and Namgyal Kangyurs and the Langdo collection, this last variant meaning “full” or “complete” being the one that seems to make most sense.
n.­2
See Sarkar (1981) pp. 46–49.
n.­3
Perhaps a better definition is that of Sastri (1960) p. 72: “The word avadāna signifies a ‘great religious or moral achievement as well as the history of a great achievement.’ ”
n.­4
See Rotman (2008) pp. 19–20.
n.­5
See Chutiwongs (1978) p. 139; Sarkar (1981) p. 45.
n.­6
“Le Karma-Çataka me parait-être l’œuvre d’une École qui a voulu avoir son recueil de « Cent Légendes » se différenciant de l’Avadāna-Çataka par certaines particularités. Les deux recueils appartiendraient à deux Écoles rivales, non ennemies.” Feer (1901) p. 60.
n.­7
Some shared episodes are almost verbatim, but show interesting differences (see, for example, n.­73 and n.­76) that might on further investigation throw light on the history of its translation.
n.­8
There is a Mongolian version, but like others of its kind it is almost certain to have been translated from the Tibetan. See Skilling (2001) p. 140, n23.
n.­108
“The Lay of the Land,” for the Tib. spyod yul (Skt. gocara). The semantic range of this Skt. term makes it difficult to translate with one unique English equivalent. See variants in the story itself.
n.­109
The two parts of the narrative in The Story of Wealth’s Delight (2.­385 et seq. and 2.­430 et seq. above) recount respectively the “sūtra” (see below) itself, verbatim, and the Buddha’s explanation of his past relationship with the five monks who were his first disciples. The present story of Maitrībala is another episode in that past relationship. Note that the sūtra named in the text (chos kyi ’khor lo skor ba’i mdo, Skt. Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra) either refers to a sūtra that no longer exists as such, or is a general way of referring to that episode in the life of the Buddha as related in longer works. The sūtra with just that name in the Kangyur (Toh 31), and the Pali work from which it was translated, the Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta (Saṃyutta Nikāya 56), cover only part of the Buddha’s teaching to the monks, while the Kangyur sūtra called The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma (Dharmacakrasūtra, Toh 337) is an even shorter excerpt. See also n.­73 and n.­74.
n.­110
This verse differs somewhat from the similar verses at 3.­435 and 10.­410; here the Tib. is sbyin pa chen por gyur pa ’di yis ni / ’gro bar rang byung sangs rgyas par shog / sngon gyi rgyal dbang rnams kyis ma bsgral gang / skye bo srid pa’i chu las sgrol bar shog.
n.­111
D: sla’i; S: bla’i. This translation follows S.
n.­112
Just as found in the title, “The Lay of the Land,” for the Tib. spyod yul (Skt. gocara), the semantic range of this Skt. term makes it difficult to translate with one unique Eng. equivalent. In this passage, “Don’t know my way around”; Tib. spyod yul gyi rgyus ma ’tshal na. See various uses below.
n.­113
“Where to go to”; Tib. de lta bu’i spyod yul.
n.­114
“Point another in the wrong direction”; Tib. spyod yul ma yin pa bstan.
n.­115
“Scavenger”; Tib. the rel. According to Dr. Lozang Jamspal this term is still current in Ladakhi dialect.
n.­116
This instance of this stock section of text lacks the Tib. shes pa, “capacity.”
n.­117
Since these four lines are nine syllables each, we translate them as verse, but the meter might alternatively be considered coincidental, and the passage itself as prose belonging to the section that follows.
n.­118
Tib. dge slong gi dge ’dun dang thabs cig tu na. It seems the Buddha’s name may have been mistakenly omitted here.
n.­119
“For all humanity”; Tib. rkang gnyis kyi nang na. Lit. “among the bipeds.”
n.­120
“Burden of your past deeds” to clarify the Tib. las yang bar ’gyur.
n.­121
Ray (1994) p. 165 quotes Horner (1938) pp. 296–97 and notes that the various vinaya disagree on the precise contents of the five ascetic practices promoted by Devadatta. Ray first quotes Horner’s translation of the Pali version as follows: “[1] It were good, lord, if the monks for as long as life lasted, should be forest dwellers; whoever should betake himself to the neighborhood of a village, sin [vajja] would besmirch him. [2] For as long as life lasts let them be beggars for alms; whoever should accept an invitation, sin would besmirch him. [3] For as long as life lasts let them be wearers of robes taken from the dustheap; whoever should accept a robe given by a householder, sin would besmirch him. [4] For as long as life lasts let them live at the foot of a tree; whoever should go undercover, sin would besmirch him. [5] For as long as life lasts let them not eat fish and flesh; whoever should eat fish and flesh, sin would besmirch him.”
n.­122
“Raise the life pillar,” that is, to set in place the main beam at the center of the stūpa. Tib. srog shing gzugs pa.
n.­123
“In gold”; while this number is not specified as gold here, it is on the next folio (see 4.­229).
n.­124
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. The characters are apparently of no relation. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­150
Note there is another story by the same name at 5.­97. We have chosen to differentiate the Eng. titles by appending “the charioteer” and “the mendicant” to their names, respectively.
n.­151
“Over the garden of Prince Jeta” should perhaps read “above Rājagṛha,” or “Vulture Peak Mountain,” since Rājagṛha is maybe 350 km from Vārāṇasī, where the garden of Prince Jeta is located. We surmise that this is a scribal error. S has the same reading. It is possible that the text is implying the peacock flew from Gandhamādana Mountain to Rājagṛha via Vārāṇasī, but this would be a rather circuitous route.
n.­178
Tib. pad ma yi bla ma. This is the title given in the contents section for this part; however, in the first story it is shortened to “Padma” (Tib. pad ma), and in the second story, it is shortened to Uttama. We have rendered all instances according to the title given in the contents section, Padmottama.
n.­179
Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can; Skt. Ratnaśikhin. In the contents section the title of this story is given as the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor, and here simply as rin po che, both of which we take as abbreviations for the Tib. rin chen gtsug tor can, given at the end of the story, and which we use to translate throughout.
n.­180
“Vijaya,” for the Tib. rnam par rgyal ba; title taken from the contents section, and reappears at the end of the story. At this point in the text, the title of the story is actually given as the Tib. stobs phrog, Skt. perhaps *Balaharī, Eng. perhaps “Steals Away Strength.” We have followed the contents section and rectified accordingly.
n.­189
“Father, or The Story of Sudarśana”; this title combines two different titles‍—the one given in the contents section (“The Story of Sudarśana”) and that given as a heading to the story itself (“Father”).
n.­202
S, N, and H read rmos pa: “Plowman.”
n.­203
Here the Tib. lacks “King.”

b.

Bibliography

Source Texts

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Toh 340, Degé Kangyur vol. 73 (mdo sde, ha), folios 1.b–309.a, and vol. 74 (mdo sde, a), folios 1.b–128.b.

las brgya tham pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ‘jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 73, pp. 3–837, and vol. 74, pp. 3–398.

las brgya tham pa (Karmaśataka). Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 80 (mdo sde, dza), folios 2–825, and vol. 81 (mdo sde, a), folios 2–474.

Works Cited

Sanskrit Works

Gnoli, Raniero and Venkatacharya, T., ed. The Gilgit manuscript of the Saṅghabhedavastu: Being the 17th and last section of the Vinaya of the Mūlasarvāstivādin, Part I. Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1977.

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Avadāna-Śataka. Darbhanga: Mithilā Institute of Post-Graduate Studies and Research in Sanskrit Learning, 1958.

Tibetan Works

Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub). chos kyi ’byung gnas gsung rab rin po che’i gter mdzod. In: gsung ’bum (zhol par ma/ ldi lir bskyar par brgyab pa), vol 24 (ya), pp. 633–1055. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 1965–1971. English translations: see Obermiller, and Stein and Zangpo, below.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b - 310.a.

chos kyi ’khor lo rab tu bskor ba’i mdo (Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra). Toh 31, Degé Kangyur vol. 45 (mdo sde, ka), folios 180b–83a.

dge slong ma’i so sor thar pa’i mdo (Bhikṣuṇī­prātimokṣa­sūtra). Toh 4, Degé Kangyur vol. 9 (’dul ba, ta), folios 1b–25a.

’dul ba’i mdo (Vinayasūtra). Toh 4117, Degé Tengyur vol. 261 (’dul ba, wu), folios 1a–100b.

so sor thar pa’i mdo (Prātimokṣasūtra). Toh 2, Degé Kangyur vol. 5 (’dul ba, ca), folios 1b–20a.

Secondary Sources

Ancient Tibet: Research Materials from the Yeshe De Project. Berkeley, CA: Dharma Publishing, 1986.

Angdu, Sonam. Tibeto-Sanskrit Lexographical Materials. Leh, Ladakh: Basgo Tongspon Publication, 1973.

Berzin, Alexander. “The Thirty-two Excellent Signs (Major Marks) of a Buddha’s Enlightening Body.” The Buddhist Archives of Dr. Alexander Berzin. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Obermiller, E., trans. The History of Buddhism in India and Tibet by Bu Ston (Chos-ḥbyung). Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus 13. Heidelberg: Institut für Buddhismus-Kunde, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 1986.

Burnouf, Eugène. Introduction to the History of Indian Buddhism. Translated by K. Buffetrille and Donald. S. Lopez, Jr. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2010.

Chandra, Lokesh. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary. Kyōto-shi: Rinsen Shoten, 1982.

Chandra Das, Sarat. A Tibetan-English Dictionary, with Sanskrit Synonyms. Revised and edited by Graham Sandberg and A. William Heyde. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1991.

Chandrakīrti and Mikyo Dorje. The Moon of Wisdom: Chapter Six of Chandrakirti’s Entering the Middle Way. Translated by Ari Goldfield et al. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2005.

Chutiwongs, Nandana. “On the Jātaka reliefs at Cula Pathon Cetiya.” Journal of the Siam Society 66, no. 1 (1978): 133–51.

Duff, Tony. The Illuminator Tibetan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Padma Karpo Translation Committee.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Play in Full. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2013.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee. The Sūtra of the Wheel of Dharma. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary (Volume II: Dictionary). New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953.

Feer, M. Léon. “Le Karma-Çataka.” Journal Asiatique 17 (1901): 53–100, 257–315, 410–86.

Gampopa. The Jewel Ornament of Liberation: The Wish-Fulfilling Gem of the Noble Teachings. Translated by Khenpo Konchog Gyaltsen Rinpoche. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1998.

Gö Lotsāwa. The Blue Annals. Translated by George N. Roerich. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1996.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma. Ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische. übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Kritische Neuausgabe mit Einleitung und Materialien. Vol. 367 of Philosphisch-Historische Klasse Denkschriften. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2009.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. I (Suttavibhaṅga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. X. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1938.

Horner, I.B., trans. The Book of Discipline (Vinaya-Piṭaka), Vol. IV (Mahā­vagga). Sacred Books of the Buddhists, Vol. XIV. London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press, 1951.

Jamspal, Lozang. “The Thirty-Seven Wings of Enlightenment.” Lecture conducted at International Buddhist College, Pak Thong Chai, Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand, September 10, 2012.

Lancaster, Lewis R. The Korean Buddhist Canon: A Descriptive Catalogue. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1979.

Lessing, F.D. and A. Wayman. Introduction to the Buddhist Tantric Systems. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

The Mahā­bhārata I: The Book of the Beginning. Edited and translated by Van Buitenen, J.A.B. University of Chicago Press, 1973.

Malalasekera, Gunapala Piyasena. Dictionary of Pāli Proper Names. Melksham, UK: Pali Text Society, 1937–1938/1997. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Martin, Dan. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on Going Forth (Pravrajyāvastu, Toh 1-1). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Miller, Robert. The Chapter on a Schism in the Saṅgha (Saṅghabhedavastu, Toh 1-17). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, forthcoming.

Monier-Williams, Sir Monier. A Sanskṛit-English dictionary: etymologically and philologically arranged with special reference to Greek, Latin, Gothic, German, Anglo-Saxon, and other cognate Indo-European languages. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1888.

Nāgārjuna. Nāgārjuna’s Letter: Nāgārjuna’s Letter to a Friend. Translated by Lobsang Therchin and Artimus B. Engel. Reprint edition, Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works & Archives, 1995.

National Disability Authority. Appropriate Terms to Use. Retrieved November 20, 2017.

Nattier, Jan. Once Upon a Future Time: Studies in a Buddhist Prophecy of Decline. Berkeley, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 1991.

Negi, J. S. Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary, vols. 1–16. Sarnath, India: Dictionary Unit, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 2003.

Przyluski, Jean, and Marcelle Lalou. “Récits populaires et contes bouddhiques.” Journal Asiatique 228 (1936): 177–91.

Rangjung Yeshe and Erik Pema Kunsang. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Ray, Reginald. Buddhist Saints in India. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994.

Rigzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 2008.

Rotman, Andy, trans. Divine Stories: Divyāvadāna Part 1. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2008.

Sarkar, Sadhanchandra. A Study on the Jātakas and the Avadānas: Critical and Comparative, vol. 1. Calcutta: Saraswat Library, 1981.

Sastri, Gaurinath. A Concise History of Classical Sanskrit Literature. London: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Skilling, Peter. “Theravādin Literature in Tibetan Translation.” Journal of the Pali Text Society, vol. XIX (1993), pp 69–201.

Skilling, Peter. “From bKa’ bstan bcos to bKa’ ’gyur and bsTan ’gyur.” In Transmission of the Tibetan Canon. Edited by Helmut Eimer, 87–112. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1997.

Skilling, Peter. “Eṣā Agrā: Images of Nuns in (Mūla-)Sarvāstivādin Literature.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 24, no. 2 (2001): 135–56.

Speyer, J. S., ed. Avadānaçataka: A Century of Edifying Tales Belonging to the Hīnayāna, vol. 2. First Indian edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers Private Limited, 1992.

Sørensen, Per K., trans. The Mirror Illuminating the Royal Genealogies. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1994.

Stein, Lisa, and Ngawang Zangpo (trs.). Butön’s History of Buddhism in India and its Spread to Tibet: A Treasury of Priceless Scripture. Boston: Snow Lion, 2013.

Tatelman, J., trans. and ed. The Heavenly Exploits: Buddhist Biographies from the Divyavadana, vol. 1. New York: New York University Press JJC Foundation, 2005.

The Tibetan and Himalayan Library: THL Tibetan to English Translation Tool. Accessed February 2, 2013.

“Universal Monarch.” Rigpa Wiki. Accessed February 2, 2013.

Waldo, Ives. Tibetan–English Dictionary [computer software]. Kathmandu, Nepal: Rangjung Yeshe Institute.

Winternitz, Maurice. History of Indian Literature, vol. 2. Translated and revised by B. Jha. Delhi: Bharatiya Vidya Prakashan, 1987.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Abhaya

Wylie:
  • ’jigs med
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhaya

A future solitary buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­363
g.­2

Abodes of the Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • cāturmahā­rājakāyika

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm. Dwelling place of the four great kings, traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­282-283
  • g.­231
g.­3

absorption of neither discrimination nor non-discrimination

Wylie:
  • ’du shes min ’du shes med min gyi snyom ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མིན་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñā

Fourth of the four types of formless meditative absorptions (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med snyoms ’jug bzhi) (Rigzin 369).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­140
  • 7.­201
g.­4

act

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 145 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­9
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­72
  • 1.­83-85
  • 1.­125
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­195
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­301
  • 1.­310
  • 1.­313
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­104-105
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­229-230
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­287
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­551
  • 2.­558-559
  • 2.­568-569
  • 2.­601
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­205
  • 3.­209-210
  • 3.­226-227
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­387
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163-164
  • 4.­167
  • 4.­182
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­27-28
  • 5.­46
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­166-168
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­290
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­30-32
  • 6.­76
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­251
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­266
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­412
  • 6.­441
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­63-64
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­232
  • 8.­20
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­136
  • 9.­138
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­195
  • 10.­201-202
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­397
  • 10.­441
  • n.­243
  • g.­7
g.­7

action

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

Any volitional act, whether of body, speech, or mind. Also rendered here as “act,” “karma,” and “deed.”

Located in 239 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­38-40
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­160-161
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­295
  • 1.­308-309
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­430-431
  • 1.­438-439
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­97
  • 2.­107
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­194-195
  • 2.­204-208
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­259-261
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­511
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­532
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­545-546
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­588
  • 2.­603
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­192-193
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­215-218
  • 3.­222-224
  • 3.­226-228
  • 3.­232-234
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­244-245
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­260-261
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­279-280
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­307-308
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­357-358
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­401-402
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­427
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­107-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­151-152
  • 4.­158-159
  • 4.­161
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­180-181
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­194
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­221
  • 5.­14-15
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­116-117
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­202
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­276
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­112-115
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­303
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­409
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­438
  • 6.­501
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­155
  • 7.­209-210
  • 7.­228-229
  • 7.­246
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­88-89
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­156-157
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­190-194
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­318
  • 10.­361
  • 10.­451
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­47
  • n.­62
  • n.­134
  • n.­147
  • g.­4
  • g.­121
  • g.­176
  • g.­270
  • g.­458
  • g.­478
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­8

Adumā

Wylie:
  • a du ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་དུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • adumā
  • udumā

The name of the town where Kaineya lived; traditionally spelled Udumā, the rendering in The Hundred Deeds may be derived from the Pāli/Prakṛt form Ātumā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­66
  • g.­146
  • g.­262
g.­10

afflictive emotion

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Also called “delusions,” “afflictions,” or “addictive emotions,” these are mental states that produce turmoil and confusion and thus disturb mental peace and happiness (Rigzin 133).

Located in 359 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-124
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-141
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­123-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­349
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­375-377
  • 10.­380
  • n.­45
  • n.­235
  • g.­9
  • g.­30
  • g.­34
  • g.­35
  • g.­50
  • g.­115
  • g.­117
  • g.­160
  • g.­161
  • g.­242
  • g.­552
  • g.­594
g.­11

Aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

In Buddhist philosophy, the five basic constituents upon which persons are conventionally designated. They are material forms, sensations, perceptions, formations, and consciousness.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­361-362
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­386
  • 3.­415
  • 4.­181
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­337
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­272
  • 10.­276
  • n.­224
  • g.­108
  • g.­176
  • g.­354
  • g.­428
  • g.­506
g.­17

Ajita Keśakambala

Wylie:
  • mi ’pham skra’i la ba can
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཕམ་སྐྲའི་ལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ajita keśakambala

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­18

Ājñāta­kauṇḍinya

Wylie:
  • kun shes kaN+Di n+ya
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཤེས་ཀཎྜི་ནྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • ājñāta­kauṇḍinya

Another name for Kauṇḍinya. One of the five monks present for the first teaching of the four noble truths; on account of his realization he became known as Venerable “All-Knowing Kauṇḍinya” or “Kauṇḍinya who understood” (Ājñāta­kauṇḍinya).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­408
  • 2.­419
  • g.­281
g.­19

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

See “Supreme.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­76
  • g.­569
g.­20

All-Knowing One

Wylie:
  • thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvajña

An epithet of the buddhas. Salutation to the All-Knowing One at the beginning of a Buddhist text typically indicates its designation in the Vinaya Piṭaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • p.­1
g.­21

Amṛtā

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ma
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­22

Amṛtodana

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi zas
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­24

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

A monk of the Buddha’s order, brother of Devadatta, who for twenty-five years served as the Buddha’s personal attendant. Second in the apostolic succession that carried on the Buddha’s teachings after his parinirvāṇa.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18-19
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55-56
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73-74
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-98
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283-284
  • 2.­343-344
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­362-363
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­533-534
  • 2.­585-589
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­407-408
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­463-465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­474-478
  • 6.­480-481
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­487-488
  • 6.­495
  • 7.­55-58
  • 8.­46-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-375
  • 10.­377-379
  • 10.­383
  • 10.­394
  • n.­173
  • n.­216
  • g.­128
  • g.­206
g.­25

Anāthapiṇḍada

Wylie:
  • mgon med zas sbyin
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་མེད་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthapiṇḍada

A wealthy householder of Śrāvastī renowned for his generosity, he spent a small fortune to purchase the garden of Prince Jeta, built a monastery there, and offered both to the Buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 5.­188
  • 6.­55-56
  • 6.­442-445
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­108
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­230
  • g.­192
  • g.­444
g.­27

anguished spirit

Wylie:
  • yi dags
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­567
  • 2.­569
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­214-215
  • 3.­219-222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­226
  • 3.­230-232
  • 3.­234-237
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-243
  • 3.­245-249
  • 3.­255
  • 3.­257-259
  • 3.­261-265
  • 3.­267
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­407
  • 4.­90
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­135
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­280-281
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­65
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­191
  • g.­479
g.­28

Aniruddha

Wylie:
  • ma ’gags pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aniruddha

The Buddha’s first cousin, born of the Śākya clan, who was among the most eminent of the Buddha’s monastic disciples.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 5.­242-243
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • n.­26
  • n.­145
  • g.­252
  • g.­446
  • g.­673
g.­33

Āraṇyaka

Wylie:
  • dgon pa pa
  • dgon pa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགོན་པ་པ།
  • དགོན་པ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • āraṇyaka

“Forest Dweller,” the name of the son of householders in Śrāvastī, he preferred seclusion, eventually attaining arhatship.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­80-81
  • 4.­86
g.­34

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Literally “foe-destroyer”‍—the foe in this case being the afflictive emotions‍—one who has attained arhatship.

Located in 187 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24-25
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­78-79
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­84-85
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203-204
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­409
  • 3.­412
  • 3.­414
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­323-324
  • 5.­326-331
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-196
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­503
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­143
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­102-104
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­26
  • g.­35
  • g.­118
  • g.­153
  • g.­308
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­625
g.­35

arhatship

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • arhattva

“The state of liberation [from saṃsāra via destruction of the afflictive emotions] or the fifth path of no more to learn, attained by arhats after perfecting training in the fourth path…” (Rigzin 60). In this text being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa”; also appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 396 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­63-64
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133-134
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­159-160
  • 1.­168-171
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276-277
  • 1.­293-295
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­389-391
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­402-403
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­429-430
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440-442
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­112-113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­149-151
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180-181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­203-205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220-222
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231-232
  • 2.­242-243
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­376-377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­524-525
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­568-571
  • 2.­607-608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­101-104
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120-125
  • 3.­145-146
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­302-303
  • 3.­305-307
  • 3.­323-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­340-341
  • 3.­344
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­91
  • 4.­157-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­199
  • 4.­201-203
  • 4.­219-221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­21-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67-69
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-125
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­319-320
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­71-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­139-142
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­379-380
  • 6.­382-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-438
  • 6.­440-441
  • 6.­446-449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­499-501
  • 6.­508
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­41-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66-67
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­121-124
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­131-134
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-218
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­248
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­122
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50-51
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173-174
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203
  • 10.­211-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­239-241
  • 10.­247-248
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • g.­33
  • g.­34
  • g.­60
  • g.­67
  • g.­84
  • g.­117
  • g.­169
  • g.­206
  • g.­208
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­261
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­424
  • g.­446
  • g.­554
  • g.­614
  • g.­656
g.­38

ascetic

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A mendicant; sometimes employed as a title of the Buddha.

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­446
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­102
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­386
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­554
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­390-391
  • 3.­393
  • 3.­395-396
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­159
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­262
  • 6.­266-268
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­348-349
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 8.­96
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­58-59
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­258
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­373
  • g.­378
  • g.­382
  • g.­411
  • g.­417
  • g.­623
g.­39

ascetic practices

Wylie:
  • sbyangs pa’i yon tan
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱངས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūtaguṇa

An optional set of thirteen practices that monastics can adopt in order to cultivate greater detachment. They consist of (1) wearing patched robes made from discarded cloth rather than from cloth donated by laypeople; (2) wearing only three robes; (3) going for alms; (4) not omitting any house while on the alms round, rather than begging only at those houses known to provide good food; (5) eating only what can be eaten in one sitting; (6) eating only food received in the alms bowl, rather than more elaborate meals presented to the saṅgha; (7) refusing more food after indicating one has eaten enough; (8) dwelling in the forest; (9) dwelling at the root of a tree; (10) dwelling in the open air, using only a tent made from one’s robes as shelter; (11) dwelling in a charnel ground; (12) satisfaction with whatever dwelling one has; and (13) sleeping in a sitting position without ever lying down.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­247-248
  • n.­121
g.­42

Aspiration Well Sown

Wylie:
  • smon lam legs par btab pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་ལམ་ལེགས་པར་བཏབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A future buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.­145
g.­53

Bamboo Grove

Wylie:
  • ’od ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • veṇuvana

A grove of bamboo trees in Rājagṛha, where Buddha Śākyamuni sometimes dwelt.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­352
  • 3.­375-376
  • 4.­128-129
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­222
  • 6.­270-271
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­225
  • 8.­16
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­158
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • n.­198
g.­56

Bandhumatī

Wylie:
  • gnyen ldan
Tibetan:
  • གཉེན་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • bandhumatī

A city of the (past) ninety-first eon and the birthplace of Buddha Vipaśyin. In The Hundred Deeds, two women offered Vipaśyin food there and made prayers, resulting in their rebirths as Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother Mahā­māyā and his aunt Māyā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­144
  • 4.­223
g.­58

Beautiful to See

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Peacock who overheard the Buddha teaching on Vulture Peak Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­2
g.­61

Bhādra

Wylie:
  • khrums stod
  • grum stod
  • khrum stod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྟོད།
  • གྲུམ་སྟོད།
  • ཁྲུམ་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhādra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 7.­1
g.­62

bhikṣuṇī

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

In this text:

Also rendered here simply as “nun.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­185
  • n.­44
  • g.­188
  • g.­202
  • g.­402
  • g.­480
g.­65

Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
  • gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra
  • bimbisāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).

King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.

In this text:

Also rendered here as “Śreṇiya Bimbisāra.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­103
  • 6.­259
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139-140
  • 7.­149
  • 9.­150-152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­254-257
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • n.­26
  • g.­101
  • g.­159
  • g.­173
  • g.­265
  • g.­325
  • g.­453
  • g.­460
  • g.­543
g.­67

Black (a brahmin)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain dark-complected brahmin youth who became a sage, then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, became ordained, and manifested arhatship.

Not to be confused with Black the yakṣa who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king (whose name in Tib. is the same nag po).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­211-213
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­217-218
  • 5.­220
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­230
  • g.­68
  • g.­264
g.­68

Black (a yakṣa)

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla RS
  • kṛṣṇa RS

A certain yakṣa tamed by the Buddha and subsequently sworn to protect the people of Rājagṛha.

Not to be confused with Black the brahmin who also appears in his story, nor with Kāla the nāga king.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218
  • g.­67
  • g.­264
g.­69

Black Thread Hell

Wylie:
  • thig nag
Tibetan:
  • ཐིག་ནག
Sanskrit:
  • kālasūtra

Second of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. The guardians of the Black Thread Hell mark the bodies of its inhabitants with a black thread before cutting and slicing them apart along those lines.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
g.­70

blessed buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhagavān

An epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 350 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­98
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­143-144
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­326
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­350
  • 1.­386
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­399-400
  • 1.­403
  • 1.­417
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-95
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­189-190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­267-268
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­339
  • 2.­345
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573
  • 2.­579
  • 2.­585-586
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­69-70
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­101-103
  • 3.­119-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­276
  • 3.­279-281
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­304-306
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­104
  • 4.­107-110
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­129
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­200-202
  • 4.­208
  • 4.­212-214
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­66-68
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­315-316
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­21
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­244-245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­386
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­438-440
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­451-453
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­15-16
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­36-38
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­50
  • 7.­55-56
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­81
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­190-191
  • 7.­221
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­238
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­246-248
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­36
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­76-78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­84-86
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­97
  • 8.­101
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­110
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­120
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­214-217
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­234-235
  • 10.­239-240
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­363
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • 10.­423
  • 10.­450
g.­71

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 1,275 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­118-124
  • 1.­131
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­144-148
  • 1.­151-157
  • 1.­159-161
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­185-186
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­230-235
  • 1.­237-238
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268-270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­291-296
  • 1.­303-309
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­354-361
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­383-391
  • 1.­394
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­420-424
  • 1.­426-431
  • 1.­442-443
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­38-39
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­55
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­87-98
  • 2.­115-116
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­147-148
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­181-183
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­218-220
  • 2.­222-223
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­235-240
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­244-246
  • 2.­248-253
  • 2.­255-256
  • 2.­261-262
  • 2.­265-267
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­283
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­319-321
  • 2.­323-327
  • 2.­342-347
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354-355
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­375
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­385-389
  • 2.­391-394
  • 2.­406-407
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413-414
  • 2.­419-420
  • 2.­429-431
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­459-463
  • 2.­465-468
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­522-523
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-549
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580-588
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-12
  • 3.­16-21
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­32-37
  • 3.­39-45
  • 3.­54-59
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70-75
  • 3.­77-82
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­98-99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­116-119
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­210-213
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­234-235
  • 3.­238
  • 3.­240-241
  • 3.­245-246
  • 3.­249
  • 3.­256-257
  • 3.­261-262
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268-273
  • 3.­275-280
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­287
  • 3.­292-295
  • 3.­300-304
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313-316
  • 3.­319-324
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­343
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385-386
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­402-404
  • 3.­407
  • 3.­415-418
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­2-4
  • 4.­21-23
  • 4.­27-31
  • 4.­33-34
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­64-66
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­86-88
  • 4.­92-93
  • 4.­95-98
  • 4.­102-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­118-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­137
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­146
  • 4.­151-160
  • 4.­165-166
  • 4.­169-170
  • 4.­172
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193-197
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­233
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­11-12
  • 5.­16-23
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­53-59
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­85-89
  • 5.­105-106
  • 5.­109-112
  • 5.­115-117
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­136-143
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158-163
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­177-180
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­191-197
  • 5.­202-204
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221-223
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-242
  • 5.­244-255
  • 5.­257-258
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­270-277
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­307-309
  • 5.­313-314
  • 5.­316-321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­2-4
  • 6.­7-11
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24-26
  • 6.­28-29
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-39
  • 6.­41-48
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­56-66
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­78-81
  • 6.­83-85
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­136-140
  • 6.­142-145
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­166-168
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­191-192
  • 6.­195-196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­234-236
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­294-300
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­327-328
  • 6.­330-333
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­339-344
  • 6.­351-353
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­435
  • 6.­437-439
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­445-446
  • 6.­448-449
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­466
  • 6.­468-474
  • 6.­502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­7-16
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-51
  • 7.­53-57
  • 7.­59
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­68
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­76
  • 7.­81-82
  • 7.­84-86
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­98-103
  • 7.­107-108
  • 7.­110-111
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­129-130
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­149-157
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­189-190
  • 7.­192-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­204
  • 7.­209-211
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-230
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­239-247
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253-257
  • 7.­265-266
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5-13
  • 8.­15-17
  • 8.­21-24
  • 8.­27-30
  • 8.­34-37
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­41-42
  • 8.­45-46
  • 8.­48-51
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­56-57
  • 8.­67-68
  • 8.­70-71
  • 8.­74-79
  • 8.­83-87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94-95
  • 8.­100-103
  • 8.­105-106
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-116
  • 8.­118-126
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 9.­17-22
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­34-40
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­63
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71-74
  • 9.­76-81
  • 9.­85-86
  • 9.­90-101
  • 9.­105-106
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­118-119
  • 9.­121-131
  • 9.­134
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-145
  • 9.­150-159
  • 9.­162
  • 9.­165-175
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­41-42
  • 10.­46-47
  • 10.­51-52
  • 10.­54-58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­63
  • 10.­65
  • 10.­69-70
  • 10.­77-78
  • 10.­82-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­100-105
  • 10.­124-135
  • 10.­148
  • 10.­150-156
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­178-184
  • 10.­187-193
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­214
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­221-223
  • 10.­225-229
  • 10.­231-234
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246-253
  • 10.­255-257
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­269
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281-283
  • 10.­286-289
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346-353
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-363
  • 10.­371-376
  • 10.­378-380
  • 10.­385
  • 10.­394-395
  • 10.­426-427
  • 10.­434-435
  • 10.­437-438
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447-450
  • 10.­452
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­47-48
  • n.­62
  • n.­156
  • n.­160
  • n.­162
  • n.­183
  • n.­210
  • g.­516
  • g.­535
g.­72

Blistering Hell

Wylie:
  • chu bur can
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བུར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • arbuda

First (and lightest) of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. Its inhabitants are wracked with a cold wind that causes their bodies to be covered in sores.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­371-373
  • 4.­130
g.­73

Blue Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • ud pal ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པལ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

See “Splitting Open Like a Blue Lotus Hell.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­373
  • g.­538
g.­75

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva

A buddha in training. Also sometimes used as a title when referring to the Buddha in a previous incarnation, i.e., “the Bodhisattva.”

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­137-138
  • 2.­141-142
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­472-473
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­483-485
  • 2.­488-493
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­9-10
  • 3.­277
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­436
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­13-15
  • 4.­17-18
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­100
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­133-134
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­201
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­235-236
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­313-316
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­370-372
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­403-406
  • 6.­424-429
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­271
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­108
  • 9.­112-113
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­161
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­8-10
  • 10.­116-119
  • 10.­121
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­355
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­403-405
  • 10.­407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-416
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • n.­9
  • n.­51
  • g.­138
  • g.­142
  • g.­406
  • g.­438
  • g.­514
  • g.­580
g.­78

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

One of the primary deities of the purāṇic Hindu pantheon, and perhaps the first to take on the status formerly held by the cosmic being Prajāpati in the literature of the brāhmaṇas. As a creator god in the purāṇas, Brahmā is said to have pronounced the mantras of four vedas from each of his four faces and thus established the sonic foundation for the manifestation of the cosmos. Though not considered a creator god in Buddhist literature, in his form as Sahāṃpati Brahmā, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two deities (the other being Indra/Śakra) that are said to have exhorted Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma in the hagiographic literature. The particular heavens over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Among his epithets is “Lord of Sahā World” (Sahāṃpati).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­102
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­224-225
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­304-306
  • 10.­309-310
  • 10.­314-315
  • 10.­317-318
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­399
  • g.­82
  • g.­485
  • g.­487
  • g.­660
g.­80

Brahmadatta (past)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the same city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­187
  • 2.­124-125
  • 2.­128-129
  • 2.­131-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­437
  • 3.­155
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­62-63
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­71
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­124
  • 6.­127
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­132
  • 6.­393-397
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­172-174
  • 7.­177-178
  • 7.­180-182
  • 7.­185
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­364
  • 10.­367-368
  • n.­131
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­272
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­597
  • g.­644
  • g.­665
  • g.­666
g.­81

Brahmadatta (present)

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadatta

King of the city of Vārāṇasī during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Not to be confused with the king of the same name who ruled the city of Vārāṇasī and the country of Kāśi before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­251
  • 1.­255-256
  • 1.­258
  • 1.­262-263
  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 5.­32-39
  • 5.­41-43
  • 5.­45-47
  • 5.­59
  • n.­131
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­441
g.­82

Brahmāloka

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i ’jig rten
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmāloka

The heaven of Brahmā, usually located just above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) as one of the first levels of the form realm (rūpadhātu) and equated with the state that one achieves in the first meditative absorption (dhyāna).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­410-411
  • 6.­103-104
  • 6.­217
  • 6.­288-290
  • 6.­293
  • 6.­296
  • 6.­298
  • 7.­30
  • 7.­163
  • 10.­313-314
  • g.­85
g.­85

Brahmā’s Assembly

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmākāyika

The general name for the class of gods that dwell in Brahmāloka.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­86

Brahmin Priests

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmāpurohita

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology; its inhabitants are devotees of Great Brahmā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­87

Bursting Blister Hell

Wylie:
  • chu bur rdol
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བུར་རྡོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirarbuda

Second of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. Its inhabitants are wracked with a cold wind that causes their bodies to be covered in sores that burst open.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­88

calm abiding

Wylie:
  • zhi gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha

Single-pointed meditative concentration developed through the techniques of settling the mind (Rigzin 352).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150
  • 1.­386
  • 2.­244
  • 3.­69
  • 4.­213
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­222
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­315
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­386
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­238
  • g.­250
  • g.­471
g.­92

Candrā

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrā

Daughter of the high brahmin Candrasukha of Śrāvastī, her mother, during her pregnancy, wished to engage in philosophical debate. She herself grew up to be a great debater. Ordained a nun, she learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­236-237
  • 7.­244-246
  • 7.­249
  • g.­94
g.­94

Candrasukha

Wylie:
  • zla ba bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrasukha RS

A certain high brahmin in Śrāvastī whose wife, upon conceiving, began wishing to engage in philosophical debate. She then gave birth to the great debater named Candrā, a nun who learned the Prātimokṣa Sūtra by heart after hearing the Buddha recite it just once.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­235-236
  • g.­92
g.­96

Catuṣka

Wylie:
  • bzhi ldan
Tibetan:
  • བཞི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • catuṣka

The name of King Śibi’s palace.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­396
  • g.­514
g.­101

Citra Mounted on an Elephant

Wylie:
  • nag pa glang chen gnas
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པ་གླང་ཆེན་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In Rājagṛha, the son of King Bimbisāra’s elephant trainer Elephant Heart. He is tricked into giving back his precepts, then becomes ordained once again.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­137-138
  • 7.­141-142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­147-152
  • 7.­154-155
  • 7.­164-165
  • 7.­187
  • g.­100
  • g.­159
g.­103

Cloudless Heaven

Wylie:
  • sprin med
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhraka

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, first of three levels of the fourth dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­105

Cold Whimpering Hell

Wylie:
  • a chu zer ba
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཆུ་ཟེར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • huhuva

Fifth of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. It is named for the sounds its inhabitants make while enduring unthinkable cold.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­107

conditioned things

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

This term refers to composite objects in the generic sense. In other contexts, it can also refer to “formations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­176
g.­108

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijñāna

One of the five aggregates, and third of the twelve links of dependent origination, this is sometimes also called “cognition,” and is the self-reflexive awareness of beings.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38-39
  • 3.­165
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­201
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­154
g.­109

constituent element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “element.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
  • g.­158
  • g.­579
g.­112

counselor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

The person from whom one receives vows. It is also the title of the head of a monastery and used here to refer to a royal magistrate. Also rendered here as “preceptor.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­299
  • 10.­301
  • 10.­303
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­331
  • 10.­333
  • 10.­335
  • 10.­337
  • g.­443
g.­113

Covered

Wylie:
  • sbas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Second name given to Deluded.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­174
  • g.­123
g.­116

Crushing Hell

Wylie:
  • bsdus ’joms
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུས་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃghāta

Third of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. The guardians of the Crushing Hell repeatedly crush its inhabitants between mountains.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
g.­119

Daṇḍadhara

Wylie:
  • lag na dbyug thogs
  • dbyug thogs
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
  • དབྱུག་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍadhāra
  • daṇḍapāṇi

An alternate form of the name Daṇḍapāṇi, a Śākya clan member and the father of Gopā and Yaśodharā. In The Hundred Deeds he is noted as the father of mda’ thogs, rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • g.­252
  • g.­673
g.­120

Datta

Wylie:
  • drang srong sbyin
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • datta
  • iṣiḍatta
  • ṛṣidatta
  • riṣidatta
  • ṛddhidatta

A certain sage whom The Hundred Deeds appears to list as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Purāṇa are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­445
g.­121

deed

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.” Also used to translate other synonyms, like mdzad pa.

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 1.­450
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­42
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­60
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­270
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­503-504
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­609
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­439
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131
  • 4.­135
  • 4.­152
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 4.­234
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­304
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­335
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­229
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­265
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­510-511
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­60
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­181
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 7.­272
  • 8.­129
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 9.­183
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­456-457
  • n.­120
  • g.­7
  • g.­308
  • g.­524
  • g.­559
g.­122

Delighting in Creation Heaven

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇarati

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, counted among the six heavens of the desire realm. Its inhabitants magically create the objects of their own enjoyment, and also dispose of them themselves.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­286-287
g.­123

Deluded

Wylie:
  • rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of householders in the country of Śūrpāraka. During the time of the Buddha, he was also known as Covered.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­171-172
  • 10.­174-176
  • 10.­180-182
  • 10.­185-186
  • 10.­188-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­202
  • g.­113
g.­124

demigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Also called “antigods” or “titans,” these are a lower type of celestial being who out of jealousy are forever in conflict with the gods. See also “five destinies.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­409
  • 2.­412
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­69
  • n.­230
  • g.­167
g.­126

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Lit. “god.” An honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­205
  • 1.­209
  • 1.­220-221
  • 1.­223-224
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­281
  • 1.­365
  • 1.­374
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­129-130
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­404-405
  • 3.­296
  • 3.­298-299
  • 3.­426
  • 3.­428-429
  • 3.­432-433
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­226
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­79
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­132-133
  • 6.­126
  • 6.­131
  • 6.­134
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­240
  • 6.­396
  • 6.­423
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­172
  • 10.­91
  • 10.­110
  • 10.­114
  • 10.­120
  • 10.­163
  • 10.­167
  • 10.­177-179
  • 10.­298-299
  • 10.­301-303
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­364
  • g.­203
g.­127

Devaḍaha

Wylie:
  • lha mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • devaḍaha

A Śākya village once ruled by Śākya Suprabuddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127
  • g.­332
g.­128

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lha sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

The Buddha’s cousin and fellow Śākya clan member as well as his brother-in-law; brother of Ānanda and Upadhāna. His hostility toward Buddha Śākyamuni is widely recorded in Buddhist literature, and as a result he often represents the paradigm of improper behavior and attitudes toward the Buddha and the Buddhist saṅgha.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­118-123
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­461-467
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­171-172
  • 4.­175
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­188
  • 10.­124-125
  • 10.­149-156
  • 10.­170
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • n.­121
  • n.­216
  • g.­24
  • g.­209
  • g.­277
  • g.­285
  • g.­290
  • g.­303
  • g.­373
  • g.­496
  • g.­593
  • g.­625
  • g.­673
g.­129

Dhanika

Wylie:
  • nor can
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanika RS

A certain householder in Rājagṛha during the time of the Buddha, he was father of Sudarśana.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • g.­554
g.­130

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).

Located in 557 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­12-15
  • 1.­20-23
  • 1.­31-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­49-50
  • 1.­53-54
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­119
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­144
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­229-230
  • 1.­232
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­242
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­253
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­268
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­294
  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­351
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­386-388
  • 1.­396-397
  • 1.­421-423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­433
  • 1.­447-448
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­89
  • 2.­100
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­236-237
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­249-250
  • 2.­253-254
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­289
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­332
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­406-409
  • 2.­411-413
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­494
  • 2.­496
  • 2.­498
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­528-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­561-562
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­580
  • 2.­591
  • 2.­593-594
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­26
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­37-42
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70-71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­136-137
  • 3.­139
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­268-272
  • 3.­294
  • 3.­300-301
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­320-322
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­342-343
  • 3.­351-352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­408-409
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­28-30
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­91-92
  • 4.­96-97
  • 4.­106
  • 4.­118-119
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­151
  • 4.­153-154
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­162
  • 4.­178
  • 4.­195-196
  • 4.­211
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­17-18
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 5.­81-82
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140-141
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­192-194
  • 5.­199
  • 5.­204-206
  • 5.­222-223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­243-245
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­272-274
  • 5.­308
  • 5.­316-318
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­330-331
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­59-61
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­70
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­85
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­165
  • 6.­168
  • 6.­172
  • 6.­176-177
  • 6.­183-184
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­201
  • 6.­203-206
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­210
  • 6.­214
  • 6.­219
  • 6.­221
  • 6.­227-228
  • 6.­230
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­272-273
  • 6.­295
  • 6.­298-300
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­316-318
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­348-352
  • 6.­371
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­379
  • 6.­385
  • 6.­387-388
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­11-13
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­68-69
  • 7.­92
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­97-98
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­112-113
  • 7.­118-120
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­146
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­173
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­198-200
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­211-212
  • 7.­225-227
  • 7.­239-240
  • 7.­243
  • 7.­255-256
  • 7.­262
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­59
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­68
  • 8.­71
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­89
  • 8.­91
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­114-115
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­35-37
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­51-52
  • 9.­58
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­77
  • 9.­80
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­91-92
  • 9.­95
  • 9.­98
  • 9.­103
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­121
  • 9.­125-127
  • 9.­151
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­166-168
  • 9.­170-172
  • 10.­19-20
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­70
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­102-104
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­108
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­132
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­182-183
  • 10.­185-189
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­212-213
  • 10.­220-221
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­231
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­246-247
  • 10.­255-256
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­277
  • 10.­285-286
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­349-351
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­372
  • 10.­374
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­380
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­386-388
  • 10.­393
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­443
  • 10.­445-446
  • 10.­448
  • 10.­450
  • 10.­455
  • n.­48
  • n.­75
  • n.­93
  • g.­26
  • g.­67
  • g.­78
  • g.­118
  • g.­131
  • g.­142
  • g.­169
  • g.­254
  • g.­261
  • g.­289
  • g.­339
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
  • g.­380
  • g.­395
  • g.­429
  • g.­432
  • g.­481
  • g.­516
  • g.­520
  • g.­554
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­656
g.­135

diligence

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­168
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293-294
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389-390
  • 1.­426-427
  • 1.­429
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­90
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­301-302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­344
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­155
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­241
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­124
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­378-379
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­140

Diśāṃpati

Wylie:
  • phyogs kyi bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • diśāṃpati

A certain king of the city of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. His son was Reṇu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­290
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­298
  • 10.­300
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­411
  • g.­460
g.­141

disciple

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Also rendered here as “listener,” and sometimes also called “hearers,” the term originally referred to direct disciples of Buddha Śākyamuni who had actually heard the Buddha’s teachings; now commonly refers to those Buddhists who strive for their own nirvāṇa. Their primary fields of practice are the four noble truths and the twelve links of dependent origination (Rigzin 126).

Located in 107 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­51
  • 2.­69
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­333-335
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­578
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­94
  • 3.­151
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­338-339
  • 3.­347-348
  • 3.­351
  • 3.­410
  • 4.­17-19
  • 4.­59
  • 4.­140
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­183-186
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­216
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­215
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­242
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­82-84
  • 6.­118
  • 6.­157
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­185-187
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­194-195
  • 6.­198
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­127
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­144
  • 7.­230
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­90
  • 9.­57-59
  • 9.­136
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­89
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­154
  • 10.­229
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­373
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­402-403
  • 10.­418
  • 10.­429
  • 10.­431
  • 10.­434
  • 10.­437
  • 10.­440
  • 10.­447
  • 10.­450
  • n.­47
  • n.­109
  • g.­28
  • g.­84
  • g.­148
  • g.­259
  • g.­319
  • g.­331
  • g.­373
  • g.­389
  • g.­452
  • g.­499
  • g.­520
  • g.­541
g.­142

discrimination

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃvid
  • pratisaṃvedana

Four specific types of discernment. The four ways in which a bodhisattva knows distinct features, characteristics, and states of phenomena: (1) discrimination of dharma (dharmapratisaṃvid, chos so so yang dag rig pa); (2) discrimination of things (arthapratisaṃvid, so so yang dag rig pa); (3) discrimination of expression (niruktipratisaṃvid, nges tshig so so yang dag rig pa); (4) discrimination of eloquence (pratibhāna pratisaṃvid, spobs pa so so yang dag rig pa) (Rigzin 288, with slight adjustments to terminology in translation).

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­149

Droṇā

Wylie:
  • bre bo ma
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­150

Droṇodana

Wylie:
  • bre bo zas
Tibetan:
  • བྲེ་བོ་ཟས།
Sanskrit:
  • droṇodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­154

eight liberations

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭavimokṣa

Included among the fifty-five types of virtuous phenomena, the first three occur within the form realm (gzugs kyi rnam par thar pa gsum): (1) the liberation of the embodied looking at a form (gzugs can gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (2) liberation of the formless looking at a form (gzugs med gzugs la blta ba’i rnam thar), (3) liberation through beautiful form (sdug pa’i rnam par thar pa), and the latter five occur within the formless realm: (4) liberation of infinite space (nam mkha’ mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (5) liberation of infinite consciousness (rnam shes mtha’ yas kyi rnam thar), (6) liberation of nothingness (ci yang med pa’i rnam thar), (7) liberation of the peak of existence (srid rtsi’i rnam thar), and (8) liberation of cessation (’gog pa’i rnam thar) (Rigzin 236, 239).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­155

eight types of examination

Wylie:
  • rtag pa rnam pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ་རྣམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The (1) examination of cloth, (2) examination of jewels, (3) examination of gems, (4) examination of incense, (5) examination of medicine, (6) examination of elephants, (7) examination of horses, and (8) examination of arms and armor.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­55
  • 10.­172
g.­156

eighteen sciences

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i gnas bcwa brgyad
  • rig pa’i gnas bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭadaśavidyāsthāna

(1) Music (gandharva, rol mo), (2) amorous skills (vāiśakam, ’khrig ’thab), (3) housekeeping (vārttā, ’tsho chos/so tshis), (4) mathematics (sāṃkhyā, grang can), (5) grammar (śabdha, sgra), (6) medicine (cikitsa, gso ba), (7) religious tradition (dharmanītī, chos lugs), (8) painting and handicrafts (śilpa, bzo ba), (9) archery (dhanurveda, ’phong spyod), (10) logic (hetu, gtan tshig), (11) pharmacology (cikitsayoga, sman spyor), (12) self-discipline (svaśīla, rang gi bcas pa), (13) reflection on study (śrutismṛiti, thos pa dran pa), (14) astronomy (jyotiṣa, skar ma’i dpyad), (15) astrology (gaṇita, rtsis), (16) magic (māyā, mig ’phrul), (17) history (purāṇam, sngon rabs), and (18) storytelling (itihāsakathā, sngon byung brjod pa) (Rigzin 395–6).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­240
  • 1.­379
  • 3.­310
  • 3.­326
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­212
  • 5.­265
  • 6.­35
  • 7.­167
  • 8.­18
  • 10.­96
  • 10.­296
g.­158

element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “temperament” and “constituent element.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­266
  • g.­109
  • g.­144
  • g.­579
g.­159

Elephant Heart

Wylie:
  • glang chen snying
Tibetan:
  • གླང་ཆེན་སྙིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • hastīsāra RS
  • hastīhṛdaya RS

In Rājagṛha, a certain elephant trainer for King Bimbisāra. His son was Citra Mounted on an Elephant.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­136-137
  • g.­101
g.­160

emotionally afflicted person

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃkleśa

See “afflictive emotions.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­603
  • 4.­162
  • 5.­25
  • 5.­328
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­61
  • 7.­213
g.­162

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

An unbiased attitude of equal regard for all sentient beings without discriminating between enemies, friends, or neutral people (Rigzin 147).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­95
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­293
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­588
g.­163

Extensive Virtue

Wylie:
  • dge rgyas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhakṛtsna

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, third of three levels of the third dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­164

faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

May refer to the sense faculties or one’s cognitive power, according to context.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­391
  • 3.­20-21
  • 4.­91
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­334
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­71-72
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • n.­61
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­167

five destinies

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcagati

A shorter form of the six classes of beings, these are: (1) hell beings, (2) anguished spirits, (3) animals, (4) human beings, and (5) gods. The fifth category is divided into gods and demigods when six realms are enumerated.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­27
  • g.­124
  • g.­232
g.­168

five superknowledges

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

These are (1) knowledge of miracles (riddividhijñānam, rdzu ’phrul gyi mngon par shes pa), (2) knowledge of the divine eye (divyaṃcakṣuḥ, lha’i mig gi mngon par shes pa), (3) knowledge of the minds of others (paracittābhijñānam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), (4) knowledge of the divine ear (divyamśrotam, lha’i rna ba’i mngon par shes pa), and (5) knowledge recollecting past lives (pūrvanirvāsānusmṛitijñānam, sngon gnas rjes dran gyi mngon par shes pa). These five can be attained by non-Buddhist and Buddhist practitioners alike. A sixth can be attained only by Buddhist practitioners: (6) knowledge of the extinction of the contaminations (āsravakṣayābhijñā, zag pa zad pa’i mngon par shes pa) (Rigzin 95–6, except #6, Skt. via Negi).

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­303
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40-41
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­172
  • g.­528
  • g.­565
  • g.­595
g.­169

Fleshy

Wylie:
  • gel po
Tibetan:
  • གེལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of householders in Śrāvasti, he was born “corpulent, full-fledged in skin, flesh, and blood.” He leapt from a boulder at the sight of the Buddha but was unharmed due to the Buddha’s blessing. Having then heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­186-187
  • 5.­190-192
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­201-202
  • 5.­209
g.­170

Flourishing Rice

Wylie:
  • ’bras ’phel
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city ruled by King Meru before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­238
  • 1.­242
  • g.­365
g.­172

Foremost Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung gtso bo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་གཙོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A brahmin who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. In The Hundred Deeds he is said to have lived in the wilderness, gone forth in front of a certain sage, and manifested the four meditations and the five superknowledges.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­125-128
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
g.­174

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence one level more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • g.­82
  • g.­154
  • g.­181
  • g.­220
  • g.­401
  • g.­531
  • g.­550
  • g.­569
  • g.­589
g.­176

formation

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃskāra

One of the five aggregates, second of the twelve links of dependent origination, and in the context of the aggregates sometimes also called “volitions,” “volitional formations,” or “compositional factors,” these are complex propensities that bring about action. This term may also refer to composite objects or conditioned things in the generic sense.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-274
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­107
g.­177

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpadhātu
  • arūpyadhātu

In Buddhist cosmology, the sphere of existence two levels more subtle than our own (the desire realm), where beings are no longer physically embodied, and thus not subject to the sufferings that physical embodiment brings.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • n.­156
  • g.­154
  • g.­392
  • g.­535
  • g.­589
g.­178

fortunate eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakalpa

The name of the current eon, so-called because one thousand buddhas are prophesied to appear during this time.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­488
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­410
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • g.­266
g.­180

four great kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­26-30
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­42-44
  • 3.­54
  • 4.­104-105
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­234
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • g.­2
  • g.­134
  • g.­631
  • g.­654
  • g.­657
g.­181

four meditative states

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturdhyāna

Also called “four concentrations” or “meditations,” or “practices of concentration,” in the Sūtrayāna tradition this term refers to the four concentrations of the form realm (gzugs khams kyi bsam gtan bzhi) (Rigzin 455).

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • 1.­443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­94-96
  • 3.­390
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­36-37
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­63-64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­180-182
  • 5.­197
  • 5.­200-201
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­229-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­70-71
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­126-128
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­171
  • 7.­180
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­262-263
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­25-26
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43-44
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­83-84
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­147-148
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­340
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­353-355
  • g.­166
  • g.­185
  • g.­392
  • g.­504
  • g.­584
g.­183

four stages of penetrative insight

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byed pa’i cha bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱེད་པའི་ཆ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvedhabhāgīya

“These are the four stages on the path of application (prayogamārga). They are heat (uṣmagata), tolerance (kṣānti), summit (mūrdha), and highest worldly dharma (laukikāgradharma).” Rotman (2005) p. 452.

Translated here as “heat,” “peak” (given as the second stage in this text), “patience in accord with the truths” (given as the third stage in this text), and “highest worldly dharma.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­340
  • g.­229
  • g.­237
  • g.­426
  • g.­427
g.­184

fourfold fearlessness

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturvāiśāradya

Also called the four fearlessnesses or the four grounds of self-confidence of a buddha, these are fearlessness with respect to the assertion of (1) one’s complete and perfect extinguishment of all negativities for one’s own benefit (rang don du spang bya thams cad spangs ces dam bcas pa la ’jigs pa), (2) one’s complete and perfect accomplishment of knowledge for one’s own benefit (rang don du yon tan thams cad dang ldan zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), (3) revealing the paths of antidotes for the benefit of others (gzhan don du gnyen po’i lam ’di dag go zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa), and (4) revealing the eliminations for the benefit of others (gzhan don du ’di rnams spang bya yin zhes dam bcas pa la mi ’jigs pa) (Rigzin 314).

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­187

fruits of heaven and liberation

Wylie:
  • mtho ris dang thar pa dang ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས་དང་ཐར་པ་དང་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­188

full ordination

Wylie:
  • bsnyen par rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙེན་པར་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasaṃpadā

The formal term for granting orders and confirming a candidate as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­67-68
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292-293
  • 1.­299
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­388-390
  • 1.­395
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428-429
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516
  • 2.­519-520
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­151-153
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322-323
  • 3.­337-338
  • 3.­343-344
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­156-157
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218-219
  • 5.­20-21
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­194-195
  • 5.­206-207
  • 5.­225-226
  • 5.­274-275
  • 5.­318-319
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­63-64
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­473
  • 7.­13-14
  • 7.­34-35
  • 7.­40-41
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­154
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240-241
  • 8.­123-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­168-169
  • 9.­172-173
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183-184
  • 10.­210-211
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351-352
  • g.­5
  • g.­6
  • g.­132
  • g.­175
  • g.­202
g.­189

fundamental precepts

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi rnams
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣāvastu

(1) Not killing (srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual conduct (ma tshangs spyod spong ba), (4) not lying (brdzun du smra ba spong ba), (5) not taking intoxicants (myos ’gyur btung ba spong ba), (6) not using cosmetics, ornaments and garlands, etc. (spos dang kha dog byug pa spong ba), (7) not using high and luxurious seats or beds (khri stan che mtho spong ba), and (8) not taking untimely food/not eating after noon (dus min zas spong ba).

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­52
  • 1.­100
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­312
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­204
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­46
  • 3.­48
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­336
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­115-117
  • 4.­119
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­237-239
  • 5.­249
  • 5.­251
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­334
  • 6.­56
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 6.­430
  • 7.­22-24
  • 7.­113-115
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­197
  • 8.­108
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­55
  • 9.­60-61
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­157
  • 9.­159
  • 10.­180
  • 10.­221
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­362
  • 10.­450
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­311
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
g.­190

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A mountain or mountain range closely associated with solitary buddhas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­2
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­185
  • 7.­38
  • n.­151
  • g.­301
g.­192

garden of Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A park in Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. It was owned by Prince Jeta, and the wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, bought it from him by covering the entire property with gold coins. It was to become the place where the monks could be housed during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It is therefore the setting for many of the Buddha's discourses.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­292
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­251-252
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­287
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­96
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­197
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­37
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­461-462
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­118
  • 7.­238
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­44-47
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­76
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­110-111
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­121
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51
  • 9.­77-78
  • 9.­96
  • 9.­143-144
  • 10.­179
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­212
  • 10.­220
  • 10.­223
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­361
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­25
  • g.­349
  • g.­444
  • g.­542
g.­194

Garga

Wylie:
  • gar ga
Tibetan:
  • གར་ག
Sanskrit:
  • garga
  • bharga
  • bhārga

An alternate spelling of Bharga, a country during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni that had its capital at Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­374
g.­196

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Siddhārtha Gautama is the most common given name used for Buddha Śākyamuni prior to his enlightnement.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­355-356
  • 1.­360
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­386-387
  • 2.­390-391
  • 2.­461-462
  • 2.­464
  • 2.­579
  • 3.­30-32
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­285-286
  • 3.­299
  • 4.­171-178
  • 4.­193
  • 5.­266-267
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­45
  • 6.­338-339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­344
  • 6.­359
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­82-83
  • 7.­85-92
  • 7.­104
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­254
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­10-12
  • 8.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­62
  • 8.­72
  • 8.­75
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­18
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­149
  • 10.­153
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­268
  • g.­209
  • g.­264
  • g.­335
  • g.­385
  • g.­388
  • g.­452
  • g.­486
  • g.­515
  • g.­556
  • g.­559
  • g.­568
  • g.­576
  • g.­673
g.­197

Gayā

Wylie:
  • ga yA
Tibetan:
  • ག་ཡཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gayā

The name of the town that lies close to the site of the Buddha’s enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­459
  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­65
g.­202

go forth

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravrajati
  • pravrajyā

To leave the life of a householder and embrace the life of a renunciant. In some passages in this text, especially when followed by the term bsnyen par rdzogs pa, this term has been amplified for clarity as “go forth as a novice,” this being a first stage leading to full ordination as a bhikṣu or bhikṣuṇī.

Located in 657 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­35-39
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­74-75
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­120-121
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­154
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­205
  • 1.­244
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­269
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­285-287
  • 1.­291-295
  • 1.­299-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­333
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­341
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­361-362
  • 1.­381-382
  • 1.­388-391
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­398-403
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­427-430
  • 1.­436-443
  • 1.­448-449
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­147-151
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­177-178
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­185-190
  • 2.­192-194
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­202-203
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­207-211
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­228-232
  • 2.­238-239
  • 2.­256-257
  • 2.­261-264
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­374-375
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­516-520
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­590-591
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­606-608
  • 3.­5-6
  • 3.­10-15
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­73-74
  • 3.­79-80
  • 3.­83-84
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­100-104
  • 3.­110-111
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­119-125
  • 3.­133-134
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­139-140
  • 3.­142
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239-240
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­279-282
  • 3.­301-307
  • 3.­322-324
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­336-338
  • 3.­341-344
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­352
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­390
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­30-31
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­82
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­90-91
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­155-158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­196-197
  • 4.­199-203
  • 4.­215-219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­232-233
  • 5.­19-22
  • 5.­29-31
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­63-69
  • 5.­82-84
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­114-116
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­124-126
  • 5.­141-142
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­160-162
  • 5.­164-169
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­194-197
  • 5.­200-202
  • 5.­206-210
  • 5.­217
  • 5.­225-227
  • 5.­230-231
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­274-276
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­318-320
  • 5.­328-330
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­6-7
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­46-48
  • 6.­50-53
  • 6.­63-66
  • 6.­70-72
  • 6.­74
  • 6.­77-78
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­140-142
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­161
  • 6.­244-248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­319
  • 6.­322-323
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­345-346
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­374-375
  • 6.­381-383
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­437-441
  • 6.­445-451
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­470-475
  • 6.­484
  • 6.­495
  • 6.­501
  • 6.­503-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­12-15
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­34-36
  • 7.­40-43
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­72
  • 7.­75
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­120-121
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­129
  • 7.­131-135
  • 7.­139-141
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­153-155
  • 7.­159-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­170-171
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­217-219
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­230-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­240-241
  • 7.­246-250
  • 7.­256
  • 7.­262
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­122-124
  • 9.­19-20
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­53
  • 9.­60-62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­83
  • 9.­92-93
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­127-128
  • 9.­130
  • 9.­135
  • 9.­137-138
  • 9.­144
  • 9.­147
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­168-170
  • 9.­172-174
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­71
  • 10.­100
  • 10.­102
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­182-184
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­203-204
  • 10.­209-211
  • 10.­213-214
  • 10.­216-218
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­247-249
  • 10.­286-287
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­330-335
  • 10.­337-339
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­351-352
  • 10.­354
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­407
  • n.­38
  • n.­169
  • g.­60
  • g.­132
  • g.­169
  • g.­172
  • g.­254
  • g.­273
  • g.­289
  • g.­322
  • g.­335
  • g.­379
  • g.­498
  • g.­516
  • g.­528
  • g.­554
  • g.­572
  • g.­595
  • g.­620
  • g.­623
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­203

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

In most cases used to refer to a class of long-lived celestial being, but occasionally appears as an honorific term of address for royalty, similar to “Your Majesty,” here rendered as “Deva.”

Located in 457 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­305-308
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­316
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­420
  • 1.­426
  • 1.­432
  • 1.­446
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­23-24
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­42-43
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­60-61
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­251-255
  • 2.­260
  • 2.­270-271
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­294-295
  • 2.­322
  • 2.­350-351
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­404-405
  • 2.­409-412
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­38-41
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­318
  • 3.­320
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­327-328
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­399-400
  • 3.­404-405
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­430-432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50-51
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­58
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­93
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­101-102
  • 4.­104-108
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­131-132
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­250-251
  • 5.­254-256
  • 5.­258-259
  • 5.­262-263
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309-313
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­332-333
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­152
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­199
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­226
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­282-289
  • 6.­310-313
  • 6.­315
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­376-379
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­384-385
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­391-392
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­420-422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­428
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­494
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498-499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­103
  • 7.­106-107
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­49-50
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­96
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­74
  • 9.­76
  • 9.­78-81
  • 9.­84-85
  • 9.­89
  • 9.­93-94
  • 9.­96-98
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­2-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58-60
  • 10.­67
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­76
  • 10.­80-88
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­253
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­392
  • 10.­398-399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411-413
  • 10.­415
  • 10.­418-419
  • 10.­421
  • 10.­450
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­85
  • g.­124
  • g.­126
  • g.­167
  • g.­246
  • g.­253
  • g.­288
  • g.­298
  • g.­301
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­380
  • g.­390
  • g.­413
  • g.­422
  • g.­451
  • g.­490
  • g.­529
  • g.­631
  • g.­635
  • g.­659
  • g.­660
  • g.­672
g.­206

Golden Color

Wylie:
  • gser gyi mdog can
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Golden-complexioned nun who achieved arhatship during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, due to the intercession of a previous incarnation of Venerable Ānanda during the time of Buddha Kāśyapa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­220
  • 2.­222
g.­207

Gone to Bliss

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­363
  • 3.­369
  • g.­558
g.­208

Good Compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the Vaiśālī army chief Siṃha at the time of the Buddha’s stay there, he was sentenced to death for the murder of a prostitute. The Buddha secured his release, ordained him, and he attained arhatship.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­184
  • g.­516
g.­209

Gopā

Wylie:
  • sa ’tsho ma
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཚོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gopā

Along with Yaśodharā, a spouse of Gautama who, in this text, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­118
  • 2.­120-121
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­137
  • n.­26
  • n.­52
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­210

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

A householder and magistrate of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula. Father of Guardian of the Flame Govinda.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­294-295
  • 10.­298-299
  • g.­223
g.­211

Govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • govinda

Short form of “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Not to be confused with his father the householder Govinda.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­303
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­309-311
  • 10.­321-322
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­334-335
  • 10.­337-340
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
g.­212

Govinda the Teacher

Wylie:
  • ston pa khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • སྟོན་པ་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­340-341
  • g.­223
g.­213

Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain high brahmin of Rājagṛha, father of Son of Grasping.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­254
  • 6.­256
  • g.­529
g.­214

Great Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­brahmāṇa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology. The inhabitants of this heaven mistakenly think that they created everything.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
  • g.­86
g.­215

Great King

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­rājā

A king ruling over a particularly large territory, often including the territories of other petty rulers; a class of divine beings assigned to the cardinal directions who guard the earth, Buddhist practitioners, and Buddhist institutions against demonic forces.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­215-216
  • 1.­248-249
  • 2.­294
  • 3.­33-41
  • 3.­52
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­62
  • 6.­233
  • 7.­184-186
  • 7.­201
  • 8.­128
  • 9.­143
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­257
  • 10.­269-271
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283
  • 10.­321
  • 10.­330
  • g.­44
  • g.­218
  • g.­337
  • g.­532
  • g.­632
g.­216

Great Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­padma

See “Splitting Open Like a Great Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­357
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­397
  • g.­539
g.­217

Great Result

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhatphala

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, third of three levels of the fourth dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­219

great universal monarch

Wylie:
  • stobs kyi ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājā balacakravartī

See “universal monarch.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­336
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­220

Great Vision

Wylie:
  • shin tu mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, fourth of the five so-called pure realms of the form realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­222

Guardian of the Flame

Wylie:
  • me skyong
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­295-297
  • 10.­299-302
  • g.­223
g.­223

Guardian of the Flame Govinda

Wylie:
  • me skyong khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྐྱོང་ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni in The Hundred Deeds, he was the son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula’s magistrate, the householder Govinda. After his father’s death, he took over his work and became known as Guardian of the Flame, Guardian of the Flame Govinda, Govinda the Teacher, Mahā­govinda, or just Govinda.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­302-304
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­212
  • g.­222
  • g.­329
g.­225

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

A most highly revered personal spiritual teacher; not to be confused with the future buddha Guru.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • p.­2
  • 3.­388
  • 4.­127
  • 6.­118-120
  • 6.­135-136
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­153
  • 8.­37
g.­226

guru

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Name of a future buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­112
  • 3.­415
  • g.­225
g.­228

Head of Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i mgo
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain master archer in Vaiśālī.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­162-167
  • 9.­169-170
  • 9.­174-175
  • 9.­181
g.­229

heat

Wylie:
  • dro bar gyur pa
  • drod
Tibetan:
  • དྲོ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
  • དྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣmagata
  • ūṣmagata

The first of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 5.­207
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­230

Heaven of the Masters of Others’ Creations

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • paranirmitavaśavartin

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, highest of the six heavens of the desire realm. The inhabitants enjoy objects created by others, then dispose of them themselves.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­287-289
g.­231

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology. Counted among the six heavens of the desire realm, it is traditionally located atop Sumeru, just above the terrace of the Abodes of the Four Great Kings.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­315
  • 3.­320
  • 4.­95
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­208
  • 6.­283-284
  • 6.­310
  • 6.­328
  • 6.­335
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­408
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­84-85
  • g.­2
  • g.­490
g.­232

hell being

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

A denizen of the hells. See “five destinies.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­109-111
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­606
  • 3.­187-188
  • 3.­195-196
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213-214
  • 3.­220-221
  • 3.­230-231
  • 3.­235-236
  • 3.­241-242
  • 3.­246-247
  • 3.­257-258
  • 3.­262-263
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­371-373
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­399-401
  • 3.­404-406
  • 3.­414-415
  • 4.­117
  • 4.­188
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­249
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­263
  • 6.­267
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­426
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485-486
  • 6.­496
  • 6.­498
  • 7.­64
  • 10.­232
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­413-414
  • g.­167
  • g.­356
g.­233

Hell of Ceaseless Agony

Wylie:
  • mnar med pa
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

Eighth (and heaviest) of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. Only their miserable cries distinguish beings in this hell from the flames that engulf them.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­406
  • 3.­413-414
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
  • g.­153
g.­234

Hell of Chattering Teeth

Wylie:
  • so thams thams
Tibetan:
  • སོ་ཐམས་ཐམས།
Sanskrit:
  • aṭaṭa

Third of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. It is named for the sounds its inhabitants make while enduring unthinkable cold.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­235

Hell of Extreme Heat

Wylie:
  • rab tu tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratāpana

Seventh of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. Inhabitants of this hell undergo all the sufferings of the Hot Hell, as well as being seared, beaten, and skewered.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
g.­236

Hell of Lamentation

Wylie:
  • kyi hud zer ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀྱི་ཧུད་ཟེར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hahava

Fourth of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. It is named for the sounds its inhabitants make while enduring unthinkable cold.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 3.­373
  • 4.­130
g.­237

highest worldly dharma

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi chos kyi mchog
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • laukikāgradharma
  • laukikāgryadharma

The fourth of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­239

Hot Hell

Wylie:
  • tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tapana

Sixth of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. Inhabitants of this hell are boiled in cauldrons, roasted in pans, beaten with hammers, and skewered with spears as their bodies burst into flame.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
  • g.­235
g.­240

householder

Wylie:
  • khyim bdag
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • gṛhapati
  • gṛhādhipa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term is usually used for wealthy lay patrons of the Buddhist community. It also refers to a subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society, comprising businessmen, merchants, landowners, and so on.

Located in 378 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8-15
  • 1.­17-19
  • 1.­26-27
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­46-52
  • 1.­54-58
  • 1.­60-62
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87-88
  • 1.­90
  • 1.­92-93
  • 1.­99-103
  • 1.­106-108
  • 1.­113-114
  • 1.­119-122
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­142-147
  • 1.­149-150
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­202
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 1.­234
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311-313
  • 1.­315-316
  • 1.­320-321
  • 1.­327-330
  • 1.­333-335
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­357
  • 1.­359
  • 1.­384
  • 1.­404
  • 1.­406-407
  • 1.­413
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­153-154
  • 2.­160-161
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­184-187
  • 2.­205
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­366
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­527-529
  • 2.­531-532
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­554
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­132
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­141
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­157
  • 3.­159
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­166-169
  • 3.­177
  • 3.­180
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­203-204
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­349-350
  • 3.­381
  • 4.­76-79
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­198
  • 4.­204
  • 4.­211-212
  • 4.­214-215
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221
  • 4.­224-225
  • 4.­229
  • 4.­231
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­26-28
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­323-327
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­54-57
  • 6.­59-63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72-73
  • 6.­75-76
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­261
  • 6.­301-302
  • 6.­305-306
  • 6.­321
  • 6.­430-432
  • 6.­434
  • 6.­436-437
  • 6.­443-450
  • 6.­455
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­459-462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­44-45
  • 7.­125
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­158-160
  • 7.­164
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­34-35
  • 8.­42-44
  • 8.­52-54
  • 8.­57-59
  • 8.­61-62
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­74-75
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­89-92
  • 8.­94
  • 8.­108-112
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­118
  • 9.­23-26
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­46-50
  • 9.­53-55
  • 9.­64
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­122
  • 9.­124-126
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­125-126
  • 10.­136-137
  • 10.­147
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­175-183
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­196-202
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­257-259
  • 10.­268
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­294
  • 10.­319
  • 10.­341-342
  • 10.­426
  • 10.­449
  • 10.­455
  • n.­121
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­37
  • g.­64
  • g.­77
  • g.­123
  • g.­129
  • g.­169
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­223
  • g.­254
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­320
  • g.­390
  • g.­415
  • g.­444
  • g.­446
  • g.­448
  • g.­497
  • g.­553
  • g.­554
  • g.­634
  • g.­655
  • g.­656
g.­242

ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination, one of the root afflictive emotions (see also “subsidiary afflictive emotions”), it is the root of misapprehension of phenomena as truly existent (Rigzin 311).

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­74
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­106-107
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­73
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­552
g.­243

Immeasurable Splendor

Wylie:
  • tshad med ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇābha

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, second of three levels of the second dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­244

Immeasurable Virtue

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇaśubha

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, second of three levels of the third dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­245

Increasing Merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams skyes
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • punyaprasava

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, second of three levels of the fourth dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­246

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

A Vedic god who eventually emerged as one of the most important in the Vedic pantheon; Indra retains his role as the “King of the Gods” in Buddhist literature, where he is often referred to by the name Śakra

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • 10.­399
  • g.­15
  • g.­78
  • g.­482
  • g.­490
  • g.­622
g.­249

insight

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

Wisdom, knowledge, cognition, quality of awareness (Rigzin 396).

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­323
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­408
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­499
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­123
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • n.­76
  • g.­250
g.­250

insight meditation

Wylie:
  • lhag mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyanā

An important form of Buddhist meditation focusing on developing insight into the nature of phenomena. Often presented as part of a pair of meditation techniques, the other being “calm abiding.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­165
  • g.­471
g.­252

Iṣudhara

Wylie:
  • mda’ thogs
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • iṣudhara RS

The son of Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi) and brother of Yaśodharā and Venerable Aniruddha. His name in Tibetan, mda’ thogs, is rendered here with the potential back-translation Iṣudhara.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­235-236
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­241-247
  • 5.­249-250
  • 5.­252-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­263
  • g.­119
  • g.­673
g.­254

Jackal

Wylie:
  • wa
Tibetan:
  • ཝ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Nickname of the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvasti, so called because of his penchant for eating excrement and drinking urine. After taking instruction from the philosophical extremist Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, who admired his ostenisible austerities, he heard the Dharma from the Buddha, went forth, and manifested arhatship.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­309-314
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­331
g.­256

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­379
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­444
  • 2.­446-447
  • 2.­452
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­163
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­187
  • 6.­189
  • 6.­220
  • 6.­311
  • 6.­503
  • 9.­33
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­4-5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­304
  • g.­52
  • g.­456
  • g.­485
  • g.­489
  • g.­674
g.­258

Jaya

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaya RS

Lit. “Victorious.” King of the city of Undefeated Victory before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • 6.­417
  • g.­610
  • g.­648
g.­261

Kacaṅkalā

Wylie:
  • ka tsang ka la
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཙང་ཀ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kacaṅkalā

A woman who, because she had previously been the Buddha’s mother for five hundred lifetimes, saw him as her son and ran to embrace him. Then, hearing the Dharma from him, she became ordained and manifested arhatship, and the Buddha declared her foremost among nuns who interpret the sūtras.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
g.­262

Kaineya

Wylie:
  • kai ne ya
Tibetan:
  • ཀཻ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaineya

A clairvoyant sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forests of the Adumā region and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī. His nephew was the sage Śaila.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­29-32
  • 3.­54-56
  • 3.­58-64
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­77-79
  • 3.­81-84
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­8
  • g.­488
g.­263

Kakuda Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • ka t+ya’i bu nog can
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ་ནོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kakuda kātyāyana

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • g.­430
g.­264

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

A certain nāga king who praised Gautama prior to his enlightenment.

Not to be confused with Black (nag po), the yakṣa; nor with Black (nag po), the brahmin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­101
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
g.­265

Kalandakanivāsa

Wylie:
  • bya ka lan da ka gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་ཀ་ལན་ད་ཀ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalandakanivāsa

A certain place in Bamboo Gove (Veṇuvana) in Rājagṛha, the Sanskrit name meaning “dwelling place of squirrels;” it was so named by King Bimbisāra after being saved from attack by a snake there thanks to the squawking of many kalandaka‍—flying squirrels, Sanskrit and Pali sources suggest, but crows or other birds according to the Tibetan rendering. It is also sometimes called Kalandakanivāpa, “place where squirrels are fed.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­128
  • 6.­270-271
  • 10.­124
g.­269

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

Near the Himālayas, the city that was home to the Śākya clan into which Buddha Śākyamuni was born.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­142
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 6.­458-459
  • 6.­461-463
  • 7.­265
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­270

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

See “action.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­479
  • 6.­264-265
  • 6.­268
  • 7.­118
  • n.­6
  • g.­7
g.­272

Kāśi

Wylie:
  • kA shi
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśi

Country whose capital was Vārāṇasī, in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into Kośala. Its monarch was Brahmadatta (past).

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­252
  • 1.­254-255
  • 1.­279-280
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­134-135
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­385
  • 3.­425
  • 3.­437
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­42
  • 6.­11-12
  • 6.­67-69
  • 6.­502
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­364
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­273
  • g.­291
  • g.­633
  • g.­646
g.­274

Kāśyapa (buddha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Buddha of a previous age.

Not to be confused with the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 309 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-227
  • 2.­229-232
  • 2.­256-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­378-380
  • 2.­382-384
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­94-96
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-210
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­259-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-250
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­368-372
  • 6.­374-376
  • 6.­378-383
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­439-441
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • g.­40
  • g.­41
  • g.­206
  • g.­276
  • g.­293
  • g.­330
  • g.­627
g.­275

Kāśyapa (monk)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

See “Mahā­kāśyapa.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­81
  • 6.­84
  • 6.­86
  • 6.­88
  • 6.­90
  • 6.­92
  • 6.­94
  • 6.­96
  • 6.­98
  • 6.­100
  • 6.­102
  • 6.­104-105
  • 6.­107
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­117
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­235-236
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­247
  • 6.­253
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
g.­276

Kāśyapa (Nirgrantha)

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

Given name of “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Not to be confused with Kāśyapa, buddha of a previous age; the monk Kāśyapa of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order; nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa; nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­70-71
  • 7.­74-75
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84-94
  • g.­395
g.­277

Kaṭamorakatiṣya

Wylie:
  • ka ta mo ra ka ti shya
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཏ་མོ་ར་ཀ་ཏི་ཤྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭamorakatiṣya

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 4.­178
g.­278

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana
  • kātyāyanaputra

Son of She Who Gathers and grandson of Padmagarbha, he was a highly realized monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order. Also rendered here as “Kātyāyanaputra.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­377-378
  • 5.­79-86
  • g.­279
  • g.­280
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­280

Kātyāyanaputra

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyanaputra

See “Kātyāyana.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­190
  • 7.­193-194
  • 7.­197
  • 7.­203-209
  • g.­278
  • g.­498
g.­281

Kauṇḍinya

Wylie:
  • kauN+Di n+ya
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽཎྜི་ནྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauṇḍinya

See “Ājñāta­kauṇḍinya.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­406-408
  • 4.­41-42
  • 4.­50-51
  • 6.­219
  • n.­77
  • g.­18
g.­282

Kauśāmbī

Wylie:
  • kau shAM bI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤཱཾ་བཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśāmbī

An ancient city, capital of Vatsa, located down the Ganges River from Rājagṛha.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­199
  • 1.­202-205
  • 1.­221
  • 1.­226
  • 1.­230-231
  • 6.­150-151
  • 6.­154
  • 6.­162-163
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­185
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­231
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­428
  • 10.­432-433
  • g.­152
  • g.­193
  • g.­199
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­640
g.­284

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

Young woman appointed by King Śākya Suprabuddha to look after the hair of his daughters Mahā­māyā and Māyā (the Buddha’s mother and aunt, respectively).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­140-143
  • 2.­150
  • g.­661
g.­285

Khaṇḍadravya

Wylie:
  • khan da drab bya
Tibetan:
  • ཁན་ད་དྲབ་བྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • khaṇḍadravya

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 4.­178
g.­288

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Classified among the gods, these celestial beings are sometimes depicted as half-human, half-horse (similar to centaurs) or half-human, half-bird. Whatever the case, they are considered creatures of surpassing beauty. Also the name of a person, see “Kinnara.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 7.­268-269
  • 7.­271
  • g.­289
g.­289

Kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, he was named for his resemblence to beautiful kinnara spirits. His arrogance about his good looks was dispelled upon meeting the Buddha, from whom he heard the Dharma before going forth and manifesting arhatship. See also the class of beings, “kinnara.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­251-252
  • 7.­256
  • g.­288
g.­290

Kokālika

Wylie:
  • ko ka li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཀ་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kokālika

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­346-350
  • 3.­352-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384
  • 3.­396-397
  • 4.­178
  • n.­26
  • g.­373
g.­291

Kośala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
  • ko sha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by Prasenajit.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278
  • 3.­372
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­158
  • 9.­160
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­369
  • g.­272
  • g.­295
  • g.­441
  • g.­542
  • g.­633
  • g.­640
  • g.­646
g.­295

Kṣemā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemā

Princess of Kośala, child of King Prasenajit.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­284
  • 1.­287
  • 1.­289-292
  • 1.­294-295
  • 1.­301
g.­296

Kṣemaṅkara

Wylie:
  • bde byed
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkara

The son of King Brahmadatta (present) of Vārāṇasī and the younger brother of Princess Kṣemaṅkarā.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39-40
  • 5.­43-44
  • 5.­46-47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­68
  • g.­297
g.­297

Kṣemaṅkarā

Wylie:
  • bde byed ma
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṅkarā

Princess of Vārāṇasī, child of King Brahmadatta (present), elder sibling of Prince Kṣemaṅkara.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­43-45
  • 5.­47
  • g.­296
g.­298

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

A Hindu god of wealth, appearing in the Buddhist pantheon as Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­88
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 5.­97
  • g.­631
g.­303

Kurkuṭārāma Gardens

Wylie:
  • khyim bya ba’i kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་བྱ་བའི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kurkuṭārāma

A garden frequented by Devadatta and his followers.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.­178
g.­307

Lake Mandākinī

Wylie:
  • mtsho dal gyis ’bab
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་དལ་གྱིས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandākinī

The Mandākinī river, which translates as “the slow-flowing” river, is the name of a specific tributary of the Ganges that flows through the Kedāranātha valley in the Himālayas, as well as a name that might be used for other rivers (Monier-Williams 788.2). The term is assumed to refer to a lake in this case (and not a river) because the Tibetan uses the term mtsho.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-29
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­59
  • g.­262
  • g.­488
g.­308

Lake of Jewels

Wylie:
  • dbyig mtsho
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An arhat monk whose past virtuous deeds ripened into countless glories both human and divine.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­370-371
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­383
g.­309

latecomer

Wylie:
  • rgan zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རྒན་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mahalla

Someone who is ordained late in their life.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509
g.­311

lay vow holder

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā
  • upāsaka

An ordained layperson; a layperson who has taken any or all of the five precepts (see the first five of the “fundamental precepts”) (Rigzin 52).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­143
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­167
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­204-205
  • 3.­208-210
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­166-167
  • 5.­333-334
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­411-412
  • 7.­16-22
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­98
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­59-60
  • 9.­30-31
  • 9.­86-87
  • 9.­114
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­286
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
  • g.­658
g.­312

Lesser Virtue

Wylie:
  • dge chung
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttaśubha

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, first of three levels of the third dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­314

life force

Wylie:
  • srog
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • jīva
  • prāṇa

The animating life force present in all living beings and often equated with the “breath.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­15
  • 4.­18
  • 6.­146
  • 10.­272
  • 10.­276
g.­315

life pillar

Wylie:
  • srog shing
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • yaṣṭi

The main pillar in the center of a stūpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­223-224
  • 4.­228
  • n.­122
g.­318

Limited Splendor

Wylie:
  • ’od chung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttābha

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, first of three levels of the second dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­319

listener

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

See “disciple.”

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 1.­98-99
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­326-327
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­423
  • 2.­425
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­291
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­280
  • 10.­282
  • 10.­284
  • g.­141
  • g.­425
g.­320

Little Eyes

Wylie:
  • mig chung
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who in a former life had been their dog. He became an attendant of Venerable Śāriputra and manifested arhatship while still in his novitiate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­58-60
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­84
g.­321

lord

Wylie:
  • btsun pa
Tibetan:
  • བཙུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadanta

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 463 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­17-18
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-29
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­102
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­160
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­215
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­306
  • 1.­308
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­360
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­416
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­442
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­96
  • 2.­110
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­167
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183-184
  • 2.­195-196
  • 2.­205-206
  • 2.­215
  • 2.­217
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225
  • 2.­235
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­252
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­345-346
  • 2.­359
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­377-378
  • 2.­422-425
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­459
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­467
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­487
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­587
  • 2.­593
  • 2.­595
  • 2.­597
  • 2.­599-602
  • 2.­605
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­10-12
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­71-72
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80-81
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­135
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­220
  • 3.­222
  • 3.­224
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­235
  • 3.­237-238
  • 3.­246
  • 3.­248-249
  • 3.­262
  • 3.­264-265
  • 3.­276-280
  • 3.­303
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­324
  • 3.­334
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­343-344
  • 3.­350
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­385
  • 3.­397
  • 3.­404
  • 3.­406-407
  • 3.­415
  • 3.­422
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­61
  • 4.­63
  • 4.­65
  • 4.­86
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­98
  • 4.­104-105
  • 4.­107
  • 4.­141
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­158
  • 4.­165
  • 4.­171
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­180
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­199-200
  • 4.­215-216
  • 4.­218
  • 4.­221-222
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­22
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­65-66
  • 5.­80
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­178-179
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­202-203
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­239
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­246-247
  • 5.­254-255
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­276-277
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­327
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­7-8
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46-47
  • 6.­58
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­65
  • 6.­72
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­143
  • 6.­145-146
  • 6.­150
  • 6.­155
  • 6.­159
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­222
  • 6.­232-235
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­269
  • 6.­275-290
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­367-368
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­414
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­444
  • 6.­448
  • 6.­452
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­469
  • 6.­476-478
  • 6.­480
  • 6.­487
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­55
  • 7.­57
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­102
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­124
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­148
  • 7.­150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­165
  • 7.­192
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­227-228
  • 7.­246
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­266
  • 8.­22
  • 8.­34
  • 8.­47
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­67
  • 8.­120
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­79
  • 9.­81
  • 9.­85
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­99
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­124
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­129-131
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­159
  • 9.­165
  • 9.­172
  • 9.­174
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25-30
  • 10.­33-36
  • 10.­39-40
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44-45
  • 10.­47
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­52
  • 10.­54-59
  • 10.­69-71
  • 10.­80
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­87
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-105
  • 10.­135
  • 10.­156
  • 10.­165
  • 10.­181
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­188
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­214-215
  • 10.­226
  • 10.­233-234
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­256
  • 10.­279-282
  • 10.­286
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­362-363
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­394
  • 10.­410
  • 10.­420
  • 10.­453-454
  • n.­121
  • n.­155
  • g.­45
  • g.­330
  • g.­372
g.­322

Lotus Color

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

Handsome monk who went forth under Venerable Upasena, he was named for his complexion, which was the color of a lotus-heart.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­163-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­191
  • 2.­195
  • 2.­199
  • g.­49
  • g.­147
  • g.­620
g.­323

Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma

See “Splitting Open Like a Lotus Hell.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­373
  • g.­540
g.­325

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha
  • magadhā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 1.­383-384
  • 4.­122
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­321
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­124
  • 10.­250-252
  • 10.­254-259
  • 10.­268-269
  • 10.­272-273
  • 10.­279
  • 10.­285
  • 10.­288-289
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­65
  • g.­291
  • g.­423
  • g.­453
  • g.­633
  • g.­643
g.­327

Mahā­deva (Śiva)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

An epithet of the god Śiva. Though not in this text, in other texts this term may also appear as an epithet of the Buddha. Alternatively a certain king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni, see “Mahā­deva (the king).”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­29-31
  • 7.­39
  • g.­328
g.­328

Mahā­deva (the king)

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­deva

In former times, the king of the city of Mithilā. His two chief ministers were Nanda and Upananda.

In other contexts, sometimes an epithet of the god Śiva, see “Mahā­deva.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 6.­239
  • g.­327
  • g.­368
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­329

Mahā­govinda

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­govinda

See “Guardian of the Flame Govinda.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­307
  • 10.­313
  • 10.­315
  • 10.­319-320
  • 10.­323
  • 10.­325
  • 10.­328
  • 10.­330
  • 10.­332
  • 10.­336
  • 10.­338
  • g.­223
g.­330

Mahā­kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­kāśyapa

A monk of Buddha Śākyamuni’s order who was first in the apostolic succession that carried on Lord Buddha’s teaching after his parinirvāṇa. Also rendered here simply as “Kāśyapa.”

Not to be confused with Buddha Kāśyapa, nor with Uruvilvā Kāśyapa, Nadī Kāśyapa, or Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, nor with Nirgrantha Kāśyapa, nor Foremost Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • g.­275
g.­331

Mahā­maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maudgalyāyana

Along with Śāriputra, one of the Buddha’s two foremost disciples, known for his miraculous powers. Also rendered here simply as “Maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­193
  • 3.­195
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­217-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­401-404
  • 5.­244
  • 6.­476-480
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-491
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • g.­358
g.­332

Mahā­māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother. She and her sister Māyā both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Here she is said to be the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. In other stories, Mahā­māyā is alternatively said to be the daughter of King Āñjāna of Devaḍaha. Also called “Mahā­māyādevī” and “Māyādevī.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 2.­141
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­333
  • g.­359
  • g.­360
  • g.­492
  • g.­568
g.­333

Mahā­māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­8
  • 6.­208
  • g.­332
g.­334

Mahā­prajāpatī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī

See “Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­292-293
  • g.­335
g.­335

Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo gau ta mI
  • skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ་གཽ་ཏ་མཱི།
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­prajāpatī gautamī
  • mahā­prajāpatī

Siddhārtha Gautama’s aunt, who raised him following his mother’s death and who later became the first woman to go forth as a member of Buddha Śākyamuni’s monastic saṅgha. Also rendered here as “Mahā­prajāpatī.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­120
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­390
  • 2.­142
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­132
  • 7.­241-243
  • g.­334
  • g.­359
g.­345

Maitrībala

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrībala

A certain compassionate king of Vārāṇasī and a previous incarnation of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­20
  • n.­109
  • g.­632
g.­346

Majestic Body

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain brahmin of high caste, father of More Majestic. He heard the Dharma from the Buddha and attained stream entry.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38-42
  • 6.­44-45
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­372
g.­349

Maṇiprabha

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiprabha RS

“Jewel Light,” a certain young god who in the garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī scattered flowers over the Buddha, sat before him to listen to the Dharma, and manifested stream entry.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­307-309
  • 1.­313
g.­350

mantra

Wylie:
  • sngags
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mantra

Words of power; incantation; lit. “mind-protector”; single or combined Sanskrit syllables repeated as invocations, based on the power of sound (Rigzin 98).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 2.­171-172
  • 4.­184
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­157
  • 10.­166
  • 10.­168
  • 10.­364
  • g.­78
g.­353

Maskarin Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maskarin gośālīputra
  • māskarin gośālīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Parivrājaka Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • g.­418
g.­354

material form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

One of the five aggregates, that which gives rise to physical qualities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­279
  • 10.­284
  • g.­11
g.­355

Mathurā

Wylie:
  • bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • mathurā

City located in modern-day Uttar Pradesh, India, historically renowned for its redstone Buddha images.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­165
  • 2.­181
  • 6.­141
  • g.­147
  • g.­224
  • g.­407
g.­358

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

See “Mahā­maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­535
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­199-200
  • 3.­210-211
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­224-226
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­238-239
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­265-266
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­345-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398-399
  • 3.­407-408
  • 5.­103
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­476
  • 6.­482-483
  • 6.­492-493
  • 6.­497
  • 10.­10
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­499
  • g.­570
g.­359

Māyā

Wylie:
  • sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Buddha Śākyamuni’s aunt, and the daughter of Śākya Suprabuddha. She and her sister Mahā­māyā (Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother) both married King Śuddhodana of Kapilavastu. Somewhat confusingly, in other stories she is identified as Mahā­prajāpatī Gautamī, q.v., while Māyā is often used as a short form of the name of the Buddha’s mother Mahā­māyā.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • 5.­130
  • g.­56
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­568
  • g.­661
g.­360

Māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ’phrul
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyādevī

See “Mahā­māyā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­210
  • g.­332
g.­361

meditation

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” “meditative state,” and a state of mind in which one is able to focus one’s attention single-pointedly on any suitable virtuous object without wavering (Rigzin 455). Closely related to meditative stabilization (samādhi).

The term “meditation” has also been used in this translation to render sgom pa (meditation training) and ting nge ’dzin (meditative stabilization).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­164
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­273
  • 1.­337
  • 1.­348
  • 1.­352
  • 2.­90
  • 2.­99
  • 2.­581
  • 3.­17
  • 3.­21
  • 3.­114
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­290
  • 6.­293
  • 7.­50-51
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­140
  • 7.­238
  • 10.­454
  • n.­125
  • g.­172
  • g.­181
  • g.­250
  • g.­362
  • g.­363
  • g.­528
  • g.­576
  • g.­585
  • g.­595
  • g.­647
g.­362

meditation training

Wylie:
  • sgom pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Acquainting the mind with a virtuous object or mentally contemplating the Buddha’s teachings (Rigzin 75). Also translated here as “meditation.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­361
g.­363

meditative stabilization

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Also called “(meditative) concentration,” the ability of the mind to concentrate on a specific object of cognition for a length of time (Rigzin 144). Closely related to dhyāna. Also rendered here as “meditation.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­273
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­348
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­70
  • 6.­87-88
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­266
  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • 10.­390
  • g.­361
  • g.­510
g.­364

mental and physical pliancy

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśrabdhi

One of the seven limbs of enlightenment.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­376
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
g.­365

Meru

Wylie:
  • lhun po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru

King of the city Flourishing Rice who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­238
  • 1.­243
  • 1.­250
  • g.­170
  • g.­599
g.­366

method

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “skillful means.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­339
  • 2.­134
  • 3.­120
  • 7.­186
  • 10.­294
  • g.­523
g.­367

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛta

Not forgetting the Buddha’s teachings amid whatever activities one is currently undertaking. See also “three kinds of sterling equanimity.” Closely related to vigilant introspection.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­89-92
  • 10.­384
  • g.­510
  • g.­585
  • g.­647
g.­368

Mithilā

Wylie:
  • mi thi la
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithilā

A city ruled in former times by King Mahā­deva.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­237
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­49-50
  • 7.­58
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­617
  • g.­634
  • g.­646
  • g.­655
g.­369

monastery

Wylie:
  • gtsug lag khang
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vihāra

A term denoting a permanent structure built to house members of the monastic saṅgha

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­109-110
  • 1.­122
  • 1.­128-129
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­312-313
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­359
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­379-380
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­348
  • 4.­84
  • 4.­127
  • 4.­176
  • 4.­198
  • 5.­111-112
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­322-323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­178
  • 6.­184
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­433
  • 6.­442
  • 6.­454
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­29
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­132-134
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­454-455
  • n.­147
  • g.­25
  • g.­112
  • g.­147
  • g.­186
  • g.­443
  • g.­444
g.­370

monastic discipline

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

See “Vinaya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­20
  • 6.­193
  • 7.­104
  • 10.­450
  • g.­650
g.­371

monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 1,005 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­7
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28-30
  • 1.­38-39
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-71
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­112-113
  • 1.­118-119
  • 1.­121-124
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­128-130
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­136-137
  • 1.­145
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­152
  • 1.­156-157
  • 1.­160-162
  • 1.­170-171
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­193
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­207
  • 1.­210-211
  • 1.­213
  • 1.­215-217
  • 1.­225-227
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­233-235
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­269-270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­275
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­295-296
  • 1.­298
  • 1.­301-302
  • 1.­305
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­309
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­341-342
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­360-362
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­391-392
  • 1.­397
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­424
  • 1.­429-432
  • 1.­439
  • 1.­441-444
  • 1.­449
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­100-106
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­123-124
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­143-144
  • 2.­150-151
  • 2.­170
  • 2.­172
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­188-189
  • 2.­191-193
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­204-206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­210-211
  • 2.­222
  • 2.­225-226
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­232-236
  • 2.­240
  • 2.­251-253
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­258-260
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­285-286
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­319
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­377-380
  • 2.­383-387
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-405
  • 2.­414
  • 2.­419-422
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­426-432
  • 2.­458
  • 2.­460
  • 2.­466-467
  • 2.­469
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­487-488
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­514-517
  • 2.­519-520
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­525-530
  • 2.­548-550
  • 2.­552
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­566-567
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­571-572
  • 2.­578
  • 2.­593-605
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­7-10
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­14-15
  • 3.­44-45
  • 3.­52-53
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­57-59
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­78-79
  • 3.­84-85
  • 3.­87-89
  • 3.­91-93
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97-99
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­118-119
  • 3.­122-124
  • 3.­133-137
  • 3.­146-147
  • 3.­152-155
  • 3.­186
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225-226
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­269-270
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­276-279
  • 3.­281-282
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­306-307
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313
  • 3.­319
  • 3.­323-325
  • 3.­329
  • 3.­331-334
  • 3.­336
  • 3.­338-342
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­347-356
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­365-366
  • 3.­371-375
  • 3.­378-379
  • 3.­384-386
  • 3.­388
  • 3.­396-397
  • 3.­408-411
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­417
  • 3.­422-423
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­39-41
  • 4.­43
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­58-61
  • 4.­63-66
  • 4.­75
  • 4.­86-90
  • 4.­104-111
  • 4.­120-123
  • 4.­126-129
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­153
  • 4.­157-159
  • 4.­164-165
  • 4.­167-168
  • 4.­170-172
  • 4.­175-176
  • 4.­178-181
  • 4.­183
  • 4.­188
  • 4.­197-200
  • 4.­202-203
  • 4.­219
  • 4.­221-222
  • 4.­231-233
  • 5.­21-24
  • 5.­28-29
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­64-66
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­88-90
  • 5.­93-96
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­116
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­123-124
  • 5.­142-144
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­152-153
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­163-165
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­184-185
  • 5.­195-196
  • 5.­198
  • 5.­201-203
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­209-210
  • 5.­226-228
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­241-243
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­271-272
  • 5.­275-277
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­319-327
  • 5.­330-334
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­51
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­58-60
  • 6.­62
  • 6.­64-65
  • 6.­67
  • 6.­71-73
  • 6.­76-80
  • 6.­82
  • 6.­85-108
  • 6.­110
  • 6.­112
  • 6.­114
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­119
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­135
  • 6.­137-139
  • 6.­147-149
  • 6.­162
  • 6.­164
  • 6.­177-178
  • 6.­185-188
  • 6.­190-192
  • 6.­196
  • 6.­200
  • 6.­211
  • 6.­231
  • 6.­235-237
  • 6.­241
  • 6.­243-244
  • 6.­246-247
  • 6.­250-251
  • 6.­253
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­270-272
  • 6.­294
  • 6.­299-300
  • 6.­306-309
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­342
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-368
  • 6.­375
  • 6.­377
  • 6.­382-384
  • 6.­388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400-401
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­409-410
  • 6.­412-415
  • 6.­429-431
  • 6.­433-434
  • 6.­438-439
  • 6.­441-442
  • 6.­447-448
  • 6.­450
  • 6.­452-453
  • 6.­457
  • 6.­465-469
  • 6.­471
  • 6.­477
  • 6.­479
  • 6.­501-502
  • 6.­507
  • 6.­509-510
  • 7.­14-16
  • 7.­18-21
  • 7.­24
  • 7.­35-37
  • 7.­42-43
  • 7.­49
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­77
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­105-108
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­115-116
  • 7.­121
  • 7.­124-125
  • 7.­128-130
  • 7.­133
  • 7.­149-150
  • 7.­155-156
  • 7.­162
  • 7.­164-166
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­199-200
  • 7.­202
  • 7.­204-205
  • 7.­207-210
  • 7.­212
  • 7.­218
  • 7.­227-230
  • 7.­232
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­242-243
  • 7.­246-247
  • 7.­249-250
  • 7.­257-258
  • 7.­263
  • 7.­266-267
  • 7.­271
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­10-14
  • 8.­23
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­34-36
  • 8.­38-39
  • 8.­46-47
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­63-64
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­68-69
  • 8.­91-92
  • 8.­102-104
  • 8.­108
  • 8.­115-116
  • 8.­124-127
  • 9.­20-21
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­48-49
  • 9.­53-54
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­64-65
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­81-82
  • 9.­84-88
  • 9.­93
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­99-101
  • 9.­106-107
  • 9.­113-114
  • 9.­125
  • 9.­128-129
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­134-137
  • 9.­145-146
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­173-174
  • 9.­176
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­87-88
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­104-106
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­135-136
  • 10.­147-148
  • 10.­155-157
  • 10.­170
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188-192
  • 10.­194
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­209
  • 10.­211-215
  • 10.­217-218
  • 10.­226-228
  • 10.­233-235
  • 10.­240-241
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­248
  • 10.­250
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­273-274
  • 10.­276
  • 10.­278
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­290
  • 10.­341
  • 10.­352-355
  • 10.­363-364
  • 10.­369
  • 10.­374-375
  • 10.­377
  • 10.­382
  • 10.­387
  • 10.­394-396
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­426-455
  • n.­30
  • n.­38
  • n.­109
  • n.­121
  • n.­169
  • n.­242-243
  • g.­5
  • g.­18
  • g.­24
  • g.­54
  • g.­84
  • g.­118
  • g.­147
  • g.­199
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­308
  • g.­316
  • g.­322
  • g.­330
  • g.­432
  • g.­442
  • g.­452
  • g.­520
  • g.­524
  • g.­570
  • g.­572
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­620
  • g.­637
g.­372

More Majestic

Wylie:
  • lhag ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Child of the high brahmin Majestic Body, he visited Lord Buddha to inquire about the proper way to perform the sacrifice, and hearing the Dharma that the Buddha taught in reply he attained stream entry.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­34-35
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­44
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­51
  • g.­346
g.­373

Mount Sabkang

Wylie:
  • sab kang ri
Tibetan:
  • སབ་ཀང་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain that is home to The Terrifying Forest (’jigs byed ma’i tshal) and a deer park where Devadatta’s disciple Kokālika is said to have lived.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-336
  • 3.­345
  • 3.­350
  • g.­582
g.­374

Mount Śiśumāri

Wylie:
  • shi shu ma ri’i ri
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་ཤུ་མ་རིའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • śiśumāragiri
  • śuśumāragiri

The name of the capital city of Bharga (see “Garga”). (Edgerton 531.2).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­2
  • g.­194
  • g.­582
  • g.­656
g.­378

Mṛgavratin

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi brtul zhugs
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgavratin

A group of ascetics who took vows to live as deer, draping themselves in deerskin, carrying about horns, and residing in close proximity to deer.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-226
  • 7.­232
g.­379

Nadī Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • chu klung ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nadī kāśyapa

Went forth under the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Uruvilvā Kāśyapa.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­624
g.­380

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­100
  • 2.­197
  • 2.­457
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­45-50
  • 3.­52
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­112-116
  • 4.­118
  • 4.­120
  • 4.­123-124
  • 4.­127-129
  • 4.­144-145
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­218
  • 6.­140-141
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­312
  • 7.­159
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­20-22
  • 10.­360
  • 10.­364-367
  • 10.­369
  • g.­44
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­195
  • g.­241
  • g.­264
  • g.­337
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­391
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
  • g.­638
  • g.­639
  • g.­653
g.­386

Nanda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda RS

Along with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” a certain nāga.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­387
  • g.­617
g.­387

Nanda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Nanda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­386
g.­389

Nandaka

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nandaka

One of the Buddha’s great disciples.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­249-250
  • 3.­255
g.­392

nine successive meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānupūrvavihārasamāpatti

(1–4) the four meditative states, (5–8) the four absorptions within the formless realm (caturārūpyasamāpatti, gzugs med [snyoms ’jug] bzhi), and (9) the meditative absorption of cessation (nirodhasamāpatti, ’gog pa’i snyoms ’jug).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • n.­125
g.­393

Nirgrantha Jñātiputra

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa gnyen gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་གཉེན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha jñātiputra
  • nirgrantha jñātaputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • 7.­74-75
  • g.­395
  • g.­430
g.­394

Nirgrantha Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha kāśyapa

See “Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • g.­274
  • g.­330
  • g.­395
g.­395

Nirgrantha Kinsman of the Kāśyapas

Wylie:
  • gcer bu pa ’od srung dang rus gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • གཅེར་བུ་པ་འོད་སྲུང་དང་རུས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The son of a poor brahmin farmer who lived outside of Rājagṛha, he mistook Nirgrantha Jñātiputra for Buddha Śākyamuni and became Nirgrantha Jñātiputra’s student. He then took refuge in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha shortly before his death. Also called “Nirgrantha Kāśyapa,” or simply “Kāśyapa,” his given name.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­75-77
  • 7.­81-84
  • 7.­97-100
  • 7.­102-103
  • 7.­108
  • 7.­110
  • 7.­115
  • g.­276
  • g.­394
g.­396

noble being

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

See “noble one.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­394-405
  • 2.­414-415
  • 4.­97
  • 6.­316-318
  • 8.­123
  • g.­398
g.­397

noble eightfold path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga mārga

(1) Right view, (2) right understanding, (3) right speech, (4) right action, (5) right livelihood, (6) right effort, (7) right mindfulness, and (8) right meditation. See also thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­415-418
  • 6.­349
  • 10.­34
  • g.­465
  • g.­467
  • g.­468
  • g.­469
  • g.­471
  • g.­472
  • g.­473
  • g.­474
  • g.­585
g.­398

noble one

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

Also known as a “noble being,” “exalted being,” “a superior”; one who has attained the third path, i.e., the path of seeing upon which one becomes a real saṅgha refuge.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 1.­56-57
  • 1.­62
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­328-329
  • 1.­334
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­193
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­415-417
  • 2.­600
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­338
  • 3.­364
  • 3.­370
  • 4.­77-78
  • 4.­83
  • 4.­100
  • 5.­79-80
  • 5.­84
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­323-324
  • 6.­89-90
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 6.­489
  • 7.­98
  • 7.­158-159
  • 7.­162
  • 10.­83
  • 10.­199
  • 10.­275
  • 10.­286
  • g.­396
  • g.­432
g.­400

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

A practitioner whose level of realization is such that he or she need take no further saṃsāric rebirth to achieve enlightenment; they are in their final rebirth.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­434-435
  • 1.­437-438
  • 5.­327
  • 6.­433
  • g.­132
  • g.­461
  • g.­529
  • g.­656
  • g.­658
g.­401

None Greater

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abṛha

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, first of the five so-called pure realms of the form realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­402

nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­33-36
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­186
  • 1.­275
  • 2.­150
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­186-188
  • 2.­190-191
  • 2.­193-194
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­258
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­137
  • 3.­140
  • 3.­142-144
  • 3.­146
  • 3.­148
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­154
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­252-255
  • 7.­242-246
  • 7.­249
  • n.­30
  • n.­97
  • n.­169
  • g.­6
  • g.­54
  • g.­62
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­132
  • g.­206
  • g.­261
  • g.­442
  • g.­544
  • g.­625
g.­406

one path to be traversed

Wylie:
  • bgrod pa gcig bu’i lam
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་པ་གཅིག་བུའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekayānamārga

A synonym for the path of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna) and the path of the Vehicle of the Bodhisattvas (Bodhisattvayāna).

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­407

Otalā

Wylie:
  • o ta la
Tibetan:
  • ཨོ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • otalā

A region of ancient India, not far from Mathurā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­2
g.­409

Padmagarbha

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i snying po can
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་སྙིང་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • padmagarbha

King of Takṣaśīla during the time of the Buddha, he was father of She Who Gathers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­372
  • 1.­374
  • g.­278
  • g.­511
g.­410

Padmottama

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i bla ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmottama

A future buddha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­78
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­411

Pāṁśula

Wylie:
  • rdul ldan
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṁśula

The name of an ancient city ruled by King Diśāṃpati. Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana are said to have lived on the outskirts of this city during their former lifetimes as ascetics.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­388-391
  • 3.­395
  • 10.­290
  • g.­140
  • g.­210
  • g.­223
  • g.­460
g.­414

Paṅgu

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

Upon his birth his parents’ household and those of all who went to see him began to succeed in all their endeavors.

Not to be confused with the tailor Paṅgu.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­15
  • 7.­24
  • g.­415
g.­415

Paṅgu (the tailor)

Wylie:
  • ’phye bo
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṅgu RS

A tailor whose name means “a person who crawls,” he was the child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, born with paralyzed legs.

Not to be confused with the Paṅgu who caused all those who went to see him to succeed in all their endeavors.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­404-405
  • 1.­412
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­427
  • 1.­430
  • 1.­439
  • g.­414
g.­416

Parinirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

The nirvāṇa that enlightened beings attain upon corporeal death. Also rendered here as “to pass beyond all sorrow.”

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­118
  • 1.­120-121
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­547-548
  • 2.­559
  • 2.­569
  • 6.­79-80
  • 6.­137-143
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­242-243
  • 6.­245-246
  • 6.­250-252
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359-360
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­380-383
  • 6.­390-392
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­67
  • 7.­103-104
  • 7.­107
  • 7.­160
  • 7.­162-163
  • 7.­216
  • n.­159
  • g.­24
  • g.­133
  • g.­304
  • g.­324
  • g.­330
  • g.­420
  • g.­421
  • g.­497
  • g.­524
  • g.­616
g.­418

Parivrājaka Gośālīputra

Wylie:
  • kun du rgyu gnag lhas kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་རྒྱུ་གནག་ལྷས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka gośālīputra

See “Maskarin Gośālīputra.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­344
  • g.­353
  • g.­430
g.­420

Pass beyond all sorrow

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­607
  • 3.­415
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­339
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­376
  • 6.­390
  • 7.­193
  • g.­416
g.­421

passed beyond all sorrow into the realm of nirvāṇa without any remainder of the aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings su yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “parinirvāṇa.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­117
  • 1.­134
  • 3.­149
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­277
  • 7.­130
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­200
g.­425

path of no more to learn

Wylie:
  • ma slob
Tibetan:
  • མ་སློབ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśaikṣa

The stage of a person who has attained the highest level of realization on their respective path, whether that of the listeners, the solitary buddhas or the buddhas.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­592
  • 2.­603-604
  • 3.­254-255
  • g.­35
  • g.­89
g.­426

patience in accord with the truth

Wylie:
  • bden pa dang ’thun pa’i bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The third of the four stages of penetrative insight, typically rendered simply as kṣānti or “patience.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
g.­427

peak

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdha

The second of the four stages of penetrative insight.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­199
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 7.­68
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • n.­125
  • g.­154
  • g.­183
  • g.­585
  • g.­662
g.­428

perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjñā

One of the five aggregates, sometimes also called “recognition” or “discrimination,” this refers to the discriminative power of the mind in relation to objects.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­20-21
  • 3.­38
  • 6.­95-96
  • 6.­101-102
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­372
  • n.­125
  • g.­11
  • g.­47
g.­429

phenomenon

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

One of the meanings of the Skt. term “dharma.”

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­419
  • 3.­38-41
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­305
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­350
  • 7.­97
  • 9.­73
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38-41
  • 10.­81
  • 10.­265
  • 10.­285
  • n.­222
  • g.­125
  • g.­130
  • g.­142
  • g.­154
  • g.­242
  • g.­250
  • g.­466
  • g.­474
  • g.­521
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­430

philosophical extremist

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Holders of philosophical views diverging from the Buddhist philosophy of the Middle Way into one of the two “extremes” of nihilism or eternalism. In the Buddha’s day they were typified by the non-Buddhist teachers Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, Parivrājaka Gośālīputra, Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra, Ajita Keśakambala, Kakuda Kātyāyana, and Nirgrantha Jñātiputra.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­359
  • g.­17
  • g.­254
  • g.­263
  • g.­353
  • g.­393
  • g.­447
  • g.­495
g.­433

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­152-153
  • 9.­155-158
  • 9.­160-161
  • g.­299
g.­436

poṣadha purification ceremony

Wylie:
  • gso sbyong
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • poṣadha

The saṅgha’s confession ceremony; the bi-monthly monastic gathering for the restoration of virtues and purification of negativies as prescribed by the Buddha (Rigzin 454).

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­170
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­184-185
  • 6.­188
  • 10.­433
  • 10.­440-441
  • 10.­448
g.­441

Prasenajit

Wylie:
  • gsal rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasenajit

King of the country of Kośala, he reigned in the city of Śrāvastī. Sometime enemy of King Brahmadatta (present), with whom he eventually reconciled.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­278-284
  • 1.­287-288
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­238
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­296-298
  • 5.­32-33
  • 5.­35-36
  • 5.­41-48
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­104
  • 8.­66
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­84
  • 8.­119-120
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­143-144
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­230
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­359-361
  • n.­26
  • g.­120
  • g.­132
  • g.­136
  • g.­291
  • g.­295
  • g.­377
  • g.­445
  • g.­629
  • g.­645
  • g.­658
g.­443

preceptor

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

The person from whom one receives vows. Also the title of the head of a monastery. Also rendered here as “counselor.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 1.­66-69
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­164-165
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­398
  • 2.­148-150
  • 2.­165
  • 2.­292
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­521
  • 3.­12-14
  • 3.­73
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­347
  • 4.­186
  • 5.­207
  • 5.­213
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­194
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­324
  • 7.­178
  • 7.­202-204
  • 7.­206
  • 7.­247-248
  • 10.­429-430
  • 10.­432
  • n.­97
  • g.­112
g.­444

Prince Jeta

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rājakumāra jeta

Prince who sold the so-called garden of Prince Jeta in Śrāvastī to the householder Anāthapiṇḍada, who built a monastery there and offered it to the Buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­192
g.­445

Purāṇa

Wylie:
  • gna’ mi
Tibetan:
  • གནའ་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • purāṇa

The Hundred Deeds appears to list him as one of the attendants of the queen in Śrāvastī during the time of the Buddha. Elsewhere he and his associate Datta are remembered as a ministers or attendants (sthapati) to King Prasenajit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • g.­78
  • g.­120
g.­446

Pūraṇa (a brahmin from Śrāvastī)

Wylie:
  • rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa

A certain brahmin, child of wealthy householders in Śrāvastī, who became an attendant of Venerable Aniruddha before returning home at his parents’ request and manifesting arhatship. Appears in the Story of Pūraṇa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­103-104
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­136
g.­447

Pūraṇa Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung rdzogs byed
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་རྫོགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇa kāśyapa

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­142
  • 5.­296-297
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­303-304
  • 5.­312
  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • n.­153
  • n.­182
  • g.­254
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­430
g.­448

Pūrṇa (a householder and future buddha)

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa

A wealthy householder in Rājagṛha whom the Buddha prophesied would become the future Buddha Pūrṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­15
g.­450

Radiant Heaven

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, third of three levels of the second dhyāna realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­453

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 101 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­194
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­230
  • 1.­363
  • 1.­385
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­459
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­332
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­352
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­128
  • 4.­144
  • 4.­169
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­211
  • 5.­214
  • 5.­218-219
  • 5.­221
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­254
  • 6.­259
  • 6.­272
  • 6.­322
  • 7.­70
  • 7.­73-74
  • 7.­76-77
  • 7.­82
  • 7.­84
  • 7.­100-103
  • 7.­106
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­142
  • 7.­149-151
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­220
  • 7.­224-225
  • 7.­229-230
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­71
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­117-118
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 9.­153
  • 9.­160
  • 9.­162-166
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­124-126
  • 10.­252
  • 10.­287
  • n.­151
  • n.­198
  • g.­53
  • g.­63
  • g.­64
  • g.­68
  • g.­101
  • g.­129
  • g.­159
  • g.­213
  • g.­247
  • g.­265
  • g.­282
  • g.­325
  • g.­375
  • g.­383
  • g.­395
  • g.­448
  • g.­529
  • g.­554
  • g.­662
g.­454

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

A class of terrestrial demons perhaps similar to ogres.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-577
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­604
  • 3.­27
  • 10.­399
g.­455

rare

Wylie:
  • brgya la las
  • brgya lam
  • brgya lam brgya lam
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་ལ་ལས།
  • བརྒྱ་ལམ།
  • བརྒྱ་ལམ་བརྒྱ་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

brgya la las is literally “one in a hundred.” Also rendered here as “rarely,” “should it be the case that,” and “should it happen that.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­173
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 7.­45
  • g.­512
g.­457

Ratnaśikhin

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśikhin

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­105
  • n.­179
  • n.­187
g.­459

reliquary stūpa

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • stūpa
  • caitya

A monument containing a relic of a buddha or other holy beings (Rigzin 112).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­122
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­224
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­383
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­547
  • 3.­149
  • 4.­223
  • 5.­278
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 10.­90
  • 10.­190
  • 10.­201
  • g.­257
  • g.­293
g.­460

Reṇu

Wylie:
  • rdul
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • reṇu

A son of King Diśāṃpati of Pāṁśula who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. He became king after the death of his father. In The Hundred Deeds, he is said to have been a previous incarnation of King Bimbisāra.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­291-292
  • 10.­297-302
  • 10.­304
  • 10.­306
  • 10.­320-322
  • 10.­324
  • 10.­327
  • 10.­329
  • 10.­338
  • 10.­341-342
  • g.­140
g.­461

resultant state of non-return

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The state achieved by a non-returner.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­285
  • 1.­422
  • 1.­433
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­196
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205-206
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­317
  • 5.­322
  • 6.­295-296
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­436
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­201
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
g.­463

Reviving Hell

Wylie:
  • yang sos
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་སོས།
Sanskrit:
  • sañjīva

First (and lightest) of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. Born frightened of one another, the inhabitants of the Reviving Hell fight with each other using sharp weapons, die, and are instantly revived over and over to continue fighting.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
g.­465

right action

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyakkarmānta

Also called “right conduct,” it is convincing others that your activities conform with the doctrine and are harmonious with pure ethics (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­467

right effort

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyagvyāyāma

To meditate repeatedly on the meaning of reality that has already been seen or experienced; an antidote to the objects to be abandoned on the path of seeing (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­468

right livelihood

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyagājīva

To convince others that your livelihood is free from wrong means, such as wheedling behavior, flattery, and so forth (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­469

right meditation

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksamādhi

Also called “right concentration,” it is to establish meditative concentration free from the faults of laxity and excitement; an antidote to hindrances (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.” Also rendered here as “right meditative concentration.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­470
  • g.­585
g.­470

right meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksamādhi

See “right meditation.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­415-418
  • g.­469
g.­471

right mindfulness

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksmṛti

To retain the object of calm abiding and insight meditation without forgetting it; an antidote to forgetfulness (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­375
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­472

right speech

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyagvāk

To show others‍—by means of teaching, debate, and writing‍—the nature of reality free from conceptual elaborations (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­473

right understanding

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksaṃkalpa

Also called “right determination,” “right thought,” it is to examine how the profound meaning understood through the study of texts complies with the teachings of the Buddha (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 10.­34
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­474

right view

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i lta
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyakdṛṣṭi

To discern through analytical means the reality of the four noble truths and other phenomena (Rigzin 377). See also “noble eightfold path,” “thirty-seven wings of enlightenment.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­392
  • 2.­415-418
  • 6.­113
  • 6.­115
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­275
  • g.­397
  • g.­585
g.­477

Riu

Wylie:
  • ri’u
Tibetan:
  • རིའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • riu

A scriptural exegete from the south during the Buddha’s time, who Princess She Who Gathers of Takṣaśīla let defeat her in debate, in order to marry him. Their child was Kātyāyana.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­372
  • 1.­375
  • 1.­377
  • g.­511
g.­478

root of virtue

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśalamūla

A virtuous action or state of mind that will “ripen” into happiness later in this life, the next, or at some point in the unknown future.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­397
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­198
  • 2.­207
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­456
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­295
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­163
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201
  • 4.­229
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­92
  • 5.­121-122
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­75
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­381
  • 6.­391
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­456
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­63
  • 7.­163
  • 7.­217
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­90
  • 8.­93
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­135
  • 10.­90-91
  • 10.­201
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
g.­479

rotting spirit

Wylie:
  • lus srul po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • katapūtana

A variety of anguished spirit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­147
  • 5.­291-292
g.­483

sage

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

drang srong is literally “the righteous one”; ancient Vedic masters and practitioners (Rigzin 200).

Located in 180 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • 1.­245
  • 1.­247-250
  • 1.­446-449
  • 2.­302-304
  • 2.­497-498
  • 2.­508
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­63-66
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­380-381
  • 3.­383-384
  • 3.­389-396
  • 3.­419
  • 4.­36-37
  • 4.­161-162
  • 4.­183-184
  • 4.­187-189
  • 4.­193-195
  • 5.­24
  • 5.­26
  • 5.­61-64
  • 5.­149-150
  • 5.­181-182
  • 5.­189-190
  • 5.­198-201
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­206-208
  • 5.­216-218
  • 5.­220-223
  • 5.­227-230
  • 6.­66
  • 6.­68-71
  • 6.­140
  • 6.­173
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­305
  • 6.­384-388
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­29-32
  • 7.­36-39
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­117-121
  • 7.­124-126
  • 7.­128-129
  • 7.­133-134
  • 7.­141
  • 7.­160-161
  • 7.­169
  • 7.­174-182
  • 7.­185-187
  • 7.­260-263
  • 9.­24-26
  • 9.­41-44
  • 9.­82-84
  • 9.­147-148
  • 9.­160-161
  • 10.­198
  • 10.­259
  • 10.­264
  • 10.­354-355
  • g.­67
  • g.­120
  • g.­172
  • g.­262
  • g.­268
  • g.­324
  • g.­481
  • g.­488
  • g.­493
  • g.­528
  • g.­530
  • g.­595
g.­484

sage

Wylie:
  • thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

A specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­101
  • 6.­169-170
  • 6.­173-174
  • 6.­190
  • 6.­193
  • 6.­201
  • 6.­218
  • 6.­229
g.­485

Sahā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā

The world system in which Jambudvīpa is located. One of the epithets of Brahmā is Sahāṃpati Brahmā, “Brahmā, Lord of Sahā.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­78
  • g.­487
g.­486

Sahadeva

Wylie:
  • lhar bcas
Tibetan:
  • ལྷར་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • sahadeva

Son of Siddhārtha Gautama’s maternal grandfather King Suprabuddha of Videha.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­132-136
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
g.­487

Sahāṃpati Brahmā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed kyi bdag po tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahāṃpati brahmā

An epithet of Brahmā meaning “Lord of the Sahā World.”

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­305-307
  • 2.­251-253
  • 4.­104-105
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 10.­85
  • 10.­224
  • 10.­305
  • 10.­307
  • 10.­309
  • 10.­311
  • 10.­314
  • 10.­316
  • 10.­318-319
  • g.­78
  • g.­485
g.­488

Śaila

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaila

Sage who lived with five hundred devotees in the forest and spent time on the banks of Lake Mandākinī, his maternal uncle was the sage Kaineya.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­22
  • 3.­26-27
  • 3.­60-61
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­72-74
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • g.­262
g.­490

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Common epithet of the god Indra, in Skt. meaning “Mighty One,” and in Tib., “Hundred Gifts” (because he is said to have attained his state by performing one hundred pūjās). This epithet often appears together with the title “King of Gods.” He is ruler of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 104 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 1.­88
  • 1.­305-307
  • 1.­316
  • 2.­156
  • 2.­251-253
  • 3.­431-432
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­104-105
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­138
  • 6.­144-145
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­310-311
  • 6.­313
  • 6.­315-316
  • 6.­421-422
  • 6.­426-428
  • 7.­39
  • 8.­49-50
  • 9.­78-79
  • 9.­96-97
  • 9.­112
  • 9.­134
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­4-7
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­14-16
  • 10.­18-20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­46
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­51
  • 10.­54
  • 10.­56
  • 10.­58
  • 10.­60
  • 10.­69
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­81-87
  • 10.­92
  • 10.­94
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-404
  • 10.­406-407
  • 10.­412-415
  • 10.­418-419
  • g.­78
  • g.­246
  • g.­283
  • g.­413
  • g.­482
  • g.­514
g.­491

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­380
  • 2.­140
  • 2.­142-143
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­64
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­238-245
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­252-257
  • 5.­263
  • 6.­179
  • 6.­189-190
  • 6.­243
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­463
  • 7.­8
  • 10.­178
  • g.­28
  • g.­102
  • g.­119
  • g.­127
  • g.­128
  • g.­269
  • g.­493
  • g.­556
  • g.­618
  • g.­673
g.­492

Śākya Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • shAkya rab sad
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རབ་སད།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya suprabuddha

King of Vṛji, father of Buddha Śākyamuni’s mother Mahā­māyā. See “Suprabuddha.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139-140
  • g.­127
  • g.­284
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­568
g.­493

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­7
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­330
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­151-152
  • 5.­208-209
  • 7.­248
  • n.­51
  • n.­131
  • g.­17
  • g.­51
  • g.­53
  • g.­56
  • g.­77
  • g.­78
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­128
  • g.­137
  • g.­138
  • g.­140
  • g.­141
  • g.­170
  • g.­172
  • g.­182
  • g.­194
  • g.­196
  • g.­201
  • g.­206
  • g.­223
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­263
  • g.­266
  • g.­269
  • g.­271
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­278
  • g.­325
  • g.­327
  • g.­330
  • g.­332
  • g.­335
  • g.­336
  • g.­353
  • g.­356
  • g.­359
  • g.­365
  • g.­381
  • g.­393
  • g.­395
  • g.­438
  • g.­447
  • g.­452
  • g.­460
  • g.­484
  • g.­491
  • g.­492
  • g.­495
  • g.­499
  • g.­505
  • g.­514
  • g.­554
  • g.­563
  • g.­606
  • g.­608
  • g.­610
  • g.­615
  • g.­627
  • g.­652
  • g.­655
g.­495

Saṃjayin Vairaṭīputra

Wylie:
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu
  • smra ’dod kyi bu mo’i bu yang dag rgyal ba can
Tibetan:
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ།
  • སྨྲ་འདོད་ཀྱི་བུ་མོའི་བུ་ཡང་དག་རྒྱལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairaṭīputra
  • vairūṭīputra
  • saṃjayin vairaṭīputra

One of the six philosophical extremists who lived during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­56-57
  • 6.­344
  • g.­430
g.­496

Samudradatta

Wylie:
  • rgya mtshos byin
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samudradatta

One of four cronies of Devadatta.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­122
  • 4.­178
g.­498

Saraṇa

Wylie:
  • sa ra Na
Tibetan:
  • ས་ར་ཎ།
Sanskrit:
  • saraṇa

Son of King Udayana of Vatsa, he went forth by Venerable Kātyāyanaputra.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­1
  • 7.­195
  • 7.­197-202
  • 7.­207
  • 7.­209
  • 7.­218
g.­499

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

Along with Maudgalyāyana, one of Buddha Śākyamuni’s two foremost disciples, known for his erudition. His full given name is Śāriputra Upatiṣya; also rendered here as Upatiṣya.

Located in 142 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­46-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­84
  • 2.­536-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­333-335
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-348
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­353-355
  • 3.­360
  • 3.­366
  • 3.­373
  • 3.­375-376
  • 3.­378
  • 3.­384-385
  • 3.­396
  • 3.­398
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­311
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­191
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­260-264
  • 6.­267-290
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­296-299
  • 6.­322
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 10.­10
  • g.­320
  • g.­331
  • g.­411
  • g.­500
  • g.­529
  • g.­570
  • g.­621
g.­500

Śāriputra Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ་ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra upatiṣya

See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­255
  • 6.­257
  • g.­383
  • g.­499
  • g.­593
g.­501

Screaming Hell

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod chen po
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­raurava

Fifth of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. An even larger version of the Shrieking Hell, likewise named for the cries of its inhabitants.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
g.­502

scriptural exegete

Wylie:
  • gzhung smras pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞུང་སྨྲས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An individual who is well versed in a particular textual lineage or lineages.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-367
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­371-376
  • 1.­379
  • 1.­391
  • 1.­398
  • 1.­401
  • 1.­403
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­503

secluded meditation

Wylie:
  • nang du yang dag par ’jog pa
Tibetan:
  • ནང་དུ་ཡང་དག་པར་འཇོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃlayana

Appearing in the Mahā­vyutpatti as a type of dhyāna, this term is used in The Hundred Deeds to signify a period of secluded meditation retreat.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­170-171
g.­506

sensation

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

One of the five aggregates, and seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination, comprising the gamut of mental and physical sensations.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­421
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­427
  • 3.­38
  • 7.­92-93
  • 7.­95-96
  • 10.­269-272
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­281
  • 10.­283-284
  • g.­11
  • g.­585
g.­507

sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

See “six sense bases.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­309
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­546
  • 2.­550
  • 3.­386
  • 4.­181
  • 10.­194
g.­509

seven jewels of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i nor bdun
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptadhanāni

(1) Faith (sŕaddhā, dad pa), (2) moral discipline (śīla, tshul khrims), (3) hearing (śruta, thos pa), (4) generosity (tyāga, gtong ba), (5) a sense of shame (hrī, ngo tsha shes pa), (6) dread of blame (āpatrāpya, khrel yod pa), (7) wisdom (prajñā, shes rab) (Rigzin 271).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­324
  • 1.­418
  • 2.­80
  • 2.­574
  • 3.­24
  • 3.­289-290
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­191
  • 4.­209
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­156
  • 5.­175
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­47
  • 7.­79
  • 7.­222
  • 8.­81
  • 8.­98
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­69
  • 9.­141
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­244
  • 10.­344
g.­510

seven limbs of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptabodhyaṅga

(1) Mindfulness (smṛiti, dran pa), (2) wisdom (dharmapravicaya, chos rab tu rnam ’byed/shes rab), (3) diligence (vīrya, brtson ’grus), (4) joy (prīti, dga’ ba), (5) mental and physical pliancy (praśrabdhi, shin sbyangs), (6) meditative stabilization (samādhi, ting nge ’dzin), and (7) equanimity (upekṣā, btang snyoms).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­135
  • g.­317
  • g.­364
  • g.­585
g.­511

She Who Gathers

Wylie:
  • ’dus mo
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Princess of Takṣaśīla, child of Padmagarbha, mother of Kātyāyana, and spouse of Riu. During the Buddha’s time she defeated all the scriptural exegetes from neighboring lands in debate.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­367-368
  • 1.­377
  • 1.­390
  • g.­278
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
g.­512

should it happen that

Wylie:
  • brgya la las
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་ལ་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Literally “one in a hundred.” Also rendered here as “should it be the case that,” “rare,” and “rarely.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­438
  • 4.­163-164
  • g.­455
g.­513

Shrieking Hell

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད།
Sanskrit:
  • raurava

Fourth of the eight hot hells of Buddhist cosmology. Named for the cries of its inhabitants who are engulfed in a tremendous blaze.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­502
  • 4.­130
  • n.­146
  • g.­501
g.­514

Śibi

Wylie:
  • shi bi
Tibetan:
  • ཤི་བི།
Sanskrit:
  • śibi
  • śivi

A king who ruled in the palace of Catuṣka before the time of Śākyamuni Buddha. He was a previous incarnation of the Buddha who as a bodhisattva bargained his own flesh and blood away to Śakra (appearing in the guise of a cannibal demon) in return for hearing the verse that appears as the first in the Udānavarga collection.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1
  • 10.­396
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401-402
  • 10.­416
  • g.­96
g.­515

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

See “Gautama.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116
  • 10.­153
  • g.­196
  • g.­335
  • g.­486
  • g.­556
  • g.­568
g.­516

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

In The Hundred Deeds, a certain army chief in Vaiśālī by this name appears twice (in part 4: “The Story of Siṃha” and in part 5: “The Story of Good Compassion”). It is not clear whether this army chief refers the same person or not.

In the first story, he is the father of a ugly and stinking son who heard the Dharma from the Blessed One, went forth, and was healed of his afflictions. In the second story, he is the father of Good Compassion who was sentenced to death but was released and went forth under the Buddha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1
  • 4.­146-147
  • 4.­149-151
  • 4.­164
  • 4.­167
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • g.­208
g.­517

Siṃhahanu

Wylie:
  • senge ge’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • སེངེ་གེའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhahanu

King of Kapilavastu. His children were Amṛtā, Droṇā, Śuklā, Śuddhā, Amṛtodana, Droṇodana, Śuklodana, and Śuddhodana.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­149
  • g.­150
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­568
g.­521

six sense bases

Wylie:
  • skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍāyatana

The five senses and their objects, plus the mind and phenomena known to the mind. Together they comprise the fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­95-96
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­277-278
  • 10.­343
  • g.­507
g.­523

skillful means

Wylie:
  • thabs
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya

Also called “method.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­277
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­314
  • 1.­352
  • 1.­402
  • 1.­441
  • 2.­116
  • 2.­151
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­259
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­571
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­153
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­307
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­111
  • 4.­168
  • 4.­203
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­31
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­96
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­332
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­53
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­246
  • 6.­309
  • 6.­383
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­510
  • 7.­43
  • 7.­116
  • 7.­234
  • 7.­250
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­137
  • 10.­93
  • 10.­218
  • 10.­241
  • g.­366
g.­524

Small Person with a Curving Spine

Wylie:
  • sgur chung
Tibetan:
  • སྒུར་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain monk of the Buddha’s order whose vile deeds committed against his mother in a previous life ripened into a series of hell births. Finally attaining a human birth, he had a curved spine and went hungry, then drank ash-gruel and passed into parinirvāṇa.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­558
  • 2.­569
g.­527

solitary buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

These are beings who in their final existence achieve a lower enlightenment than that of the complete and perfect buddhas, and do so without relying on a teacher.

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­200
  • 1.­362
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­196-197
  • 2.­199
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­208
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­363
  • 2.­589
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­228-229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­415-416
  • 4.­136
  • 4.­145
  • 4.­160-162
  • 4.­164-165
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­25-26
  • 5.­28-29
  • 6.­15-19
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­304
  • 6.­306-307
  • 7.­59-62
  • 7.­64
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­157-164
  • 7.­211-216
  • 7.­218
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­197
  • 10.­199-200
  • 10.­202-203
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­1
  • g.­99
  • g.­151
  • g.­171
  • g.­190
  • g.­227
  • g.­260
  • g.­425
  • g.­596
  • g.­611
  • g.­669
g.­529

Son of Grasping

Wylie:
  • ’dzin byed kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་བྱེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Son of the high brahmin Grasping of Rājagṛha. As he was lying ill, Venerable Śāriputra gave him a teaching on the four immeasurables. Admonishing Venerable Śāriputra for a lack of foresight, the Buddha then gave him an additional teaching on the four noble truths, leading him to manifest the resultant state of a non-returner and take rebirth as a god.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­256
  • 6.­259-264
  • 6.­266-269
  • 6.­271-275
  • 6.­279
  • 6.­289-291
  • 6.­293-299
  • 6.­306
  • 6.­308
  • g.­213
g.­530

soothsayer

Wylie:
  • ltas mkhan
Tibetan:
  • ལྟས་མཁན།
Sanskrit:
  • naimittika
  • nimittaka
  • naimitta
  • naimittaka

In Buddhist literature this term refers to a clairvoyant, typically a brahminical sage, who is versed in reading signs around the birth of a child.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­364-365
  • 1.­380
  • 2.­366
  • 3.­64
  • 4.­79
  • 4.­147-148
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­292
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­156
  • 6.­160
  • 6.­369
  • 10.­358
g.­531

Sorrowless

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, second of the five so-called pure realms of the form realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­533

sovereign

Wylie:
  • mnga’ bdag
Tibetan:
  • མངའ་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • prabhu

A term denoting the leader of a people and/or a religious sect.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­234
  • 2.­330
  • 4.­98
  • 6.­151
  • 6.­154
g.­537

spiritual friend

Wylie:
  • bsen
Tibetan:
  • བསེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Short form of the Tib. bshes gnyen.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­327
  • 4.­76
  • 7.­190
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­232
g.­538

Splitting Open Like a Blue Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • ud pal ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་པལ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

Sixth of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. The extreme cold of this hell turns the skin of its inhabitants blue until they crack apart in five or six pieces. Also rendered here as “Blue Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • g.­73
g.­539

Splitting Open Like a Great Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­padma

Eighth (and heaviest) of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. The extreme cold of this hell turns the skin of its denizens blue, red, and then extremely red until they crack apart in a hundred or more pieces. Also rendered here as “Great Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • g.­216
g.­540

Splitting Open Like a Lotus Hell

Wylie:
  • pad ma ltar gas pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ལྟར་གས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma

Seventh of the eight cold hells of Buddhist cosmology. The extreme cold of this hell turns the skin of its denizens blue and then red until they crack apart in ten or more pieces. Also rendered here as “Lotus Hell.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­59
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­349
  • 4.­130
  • g.­323
g.­542

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

During the life of the Buddha, Śrāvastī was the capital city of the powerful kingdom of Kośala, ruled by King Prasenajit, who became a follower and patron of the Buddha. It was also the hometown of Anāthapiṇḍada, the wealthy patron who first invited the Buddha there, and then offered him a park known as Jetavana, Prince Jeta’s Grove, which became one of the first Buddhist monasteries. The Buddha is said to have spent about twenty-five rainy seasons with his disciples in Śrāvastī, thus it is named as the setting of numerous events and teachings. It is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh in northern India.

Located in 201 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­106
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­172
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­288
  • 1.­303
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­354
  • 1.­404
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­82
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­200
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­223
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­265-266
  • 2.­342
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534-535
  • 2.­537-538
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­576-578
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­126
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­194
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­219
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232
  • 3.­234
  • 3.­237
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243
  • 3.­245
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­283-284
  • 3.­286
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401
  • 3.­403
  • 3.­406
  • 3.­417
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­59-61
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­92
  • 4.­112
  • 4.­122-124
  • 4.­189
  • 4.­193
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­44
  • 5.­48
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­104
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­264
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­299
  • 5.­309
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­37-38
  • 6.­54
  • 6.­323
  • 6.­430
  • 6.­442-444
  • 6.­458-460
  • 6.­462
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­117
  • 7.­235
  • 7.­237
  • 7.­251
  • 7.­253
  • 8.­17
  • 8.­24
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­57
  • 8.­60
  • 8.­71-72
  • 8.­79
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­87
  • 8.­95-96
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­106
  • 8.­119
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­67
  • 9.­90
  • 9.­139
  • 9.­150
  • 10.­95
  • 10.­99
  • 10.­101
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­179-181
  • 10.­185-188
  • 10.­205
  • 10.­219
  • 10.­242
  • 10.­246
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­357
  • 10.­362
  • g.­25
  • g.­33
  • g.­92
  • g.­94
  • g.­117
  • g.­120
  • g.­136
  • g.­192
  • g.­257
  • g.­289
  • g.­291
  • g.­320
  • g.­349
  • g.­377
  • g.­415
  • g.­441
  • g.­444
  • g.­445
  • g.­446
  • g.­559
  • g.­629
g.­543

Śreṇiya Bimbisāra

Wylie:
  • bzo sbyangs gzugs can snying po
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་སྦྱངས་གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṇiya bimbisāra

See “Bimbisāra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­321
  • g.­65
g.­545

stream entry

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotāpanna
  • śrotāpanna

The state of one who has attained the … path of seeing (Rigzin 74), and will be carried to enlightenment as surely as a leaf floats downstream.

Located in 76 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­96
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­255
  • 5.­273
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­69
  • 7.­201
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­105
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­78
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­350
  • g.­60
  • g.­346
  • g.­349
  • g.­372
g.­546

Strifeless Heaven

Wylie:
  • ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, counted among the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 4.­132
  • 6.­284-285
g.­547

study of seals

Wylie:
  • lag rtsis
Tibetan:
  • ལག་རྩིས།
Sanskrit:
  • mudrā

The study of seals and insignia.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­59
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­332
  • 2.­164
  • 2.­372
  • 2.­435
  • 2.­553
  • 3.­156
  • 3.­177
  • 4.­205
  • 5.­108
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­55
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­252
  • 8.­107
  • 9.­29
  • 10.­172
g.­548

Subhadra (the charioteer)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra RS

A charioteer of King Śuddhodana.

Not to be confused with the mendicant Subhadra.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­105-107
  • 5.­109-110
  • 5.­123
  • n.­133
  • g.­60
  • g.­549
g.­549

Subhadra (the mendicant)

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra

A certain mendicant.

Not to be confused with Subhadra the charioteer of King Śuddhodana. After his death, a series of miracles confirmed that he had been a practitioner of the Buddha’s monastic code.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­312
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­317
  • 6.­325-327
  • 6.­335-336
  • 6.­338-346
  • 6.­349-350
  • 6.­353
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­361-362
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­382
  • 6.­392-393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 6.­408
  • n.­165
  • g.­306
  • g.­548
g.­550

Sublime Vision

Wylie:
  • gya nom snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudṛśa

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, third of the five so-called pure realms of the form realm.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
g.­552

subsidiary afflictive emotions

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • upakleśa

The secondary afflictive emotions that arise in dependence upon the six root afflictive emotions (attachment, hatred, pride, ignorance, doubt, and wrong view); they are (1) anger (krodha, khro ba), (2) enmity/malice (upanāha, ’khon ’dzin), (3) concealment (mrakśa, ’chab pa), (4) outrage (pradāsa, ’tshig pa), (5) jealousy (īrśya, phrag dog), (6) miserliness (matsarya, ser sna), (7) deceit (māyā, sgyu), (8) dishonesty (śāṭhya, g.yo), (9) haughtiness (mada, rgyags pa), (10) harmfulness (vihiṃsa, rnam par ’tshe ba), (11) shamelessness (āhrīkya, ngo tsha med pa), (12) non-consideration (anapatrāpya, khril med pa), (13) lack of faith (aśraddhya, ma dad pa), (14) laziness (kausīdya, le lo), (15) non-conscientiousness (pramāda, bag med pa), (16) forgetfulness (muśitasmṛtitā, brjed nges), (17) non-introspection (asaṃprajanya, shes bzhin ma yin pa), (18) dullness (nigmagṇa, bying ba), (19) agitation (auddhatya, rgod pa), and (20) distraction (vikṣepa, rnam g.yeng) (Rigzin 329, 129).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­291
  • g.­242
g.­553

Sudarśana (a future buddha)

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A future buddha. Also the name of the son of a householder, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­94
  • g.­554
g.­554

Sudarśana (son of Dhanika)

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana RS

Son of the householder Dhanika in Rājagṛha during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. After he and his parents heard the Dharma from the Buddha, he went forth and manifested arhatship. Also the name of a future buddha, see “Sudarśana.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­117-118
  • n.­189
  • n.­197
  • g.­129
  • g.­553
g.­555

Śuddhā

Wylie:
  • gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­556

Śuddhodana

Wylie:
  • zas gtsang
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་གཙང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu. He became king of the Śākya clan, father of Siddhārtha Gautama.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 2.­140
  • 3.­277-278
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­106
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • 7.­265
  • g.­332
  • g.­359
  • g.­517
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
g.­558

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

“One gone to bliss.”An epithet of the buddhas. Also rendered here as “Gone to Bliss.”

Located in 102 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­151
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­560
  • 2.­583-584
  • 2.­589
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­418
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108
  • 4.­200
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­333
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­83
  • 6.­192
  • 6.­195
  • 6.­244
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­52
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­131
  • 10.­77
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­267
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • g.­207
g.­560

Śuklā

Wylie:
  • dkar mo
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklā

One of eight children, a daughter, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­561

Śuklodana

Wylie:
  • zas dkar
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • śuklodana

One of eight children, a son, of King Siṃhahanu of Kapilavastu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­138
  • 5.­127
  • g.­517
g.­564

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 7.­38
  • g.­2
  • g.­57
  • g.­231
g.­565

superknowledge

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

See “five superknowledges.”

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­568

Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • legs rtogs
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabuddha

Monarch of Videha during Siṃhahanu’s reign in Kapilavastu, at the time of the Buddha’s birth as Siddhārtha Gautama. His daughters were Mahā­māyā (the Buddha’s mother) and Māyā. See “Śākya Suprabuddha.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­127-128
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­132
  • g.­486
  • g.­492
g.­569

Supreme

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, fifth and highest of the five so-called pure realms of the form realm. Also rendered here as Akaniṣṭha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­351
  • 4.­132
  • g.­19
g.­573

Śūrpāraka

Wylie:
  • shur pa ra ka
Tibetan:
  • ཤུར་པ་ར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • śūrpāraka

A certain town (or sometimes two different towns) during the time of the Buddha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­189
  • 5.­191
  • 10.­171
  • 10.­180-181
  • 10.­186
  • 10.­188
  • g.­123
g.­574

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo sde
Tibetan:
  • མདོ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtrapiṭaka

Literally meaning “a thread,” this was an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore it can mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the vinaya and abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose,” and therefore is one aspect of what is generally called a sūtra.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­11-15
  • 4.­179
  • 6.­79
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • n.­9
  • n.­74
  • n.­109
  • n.­135
  • g.­261
  • g.­453
  • g.­600
  • g.­630
  • g.­662
g.­577

Takṣaśīla

Wylie:
  • tak+Sha shI la
Tibetan:
  • ཏཀྵ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaśīla

Identified with modern-day Taxila, an ancient city and capital of Gandhāra.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­363
  • 1.­369
  • 1.­372-373
  • g.­409
  • g.­477
  • g.­511
g.­578

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 127 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­173
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­216
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­286
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­12
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­431
  • 3.­438
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­105
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­222
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­203
  • 5.­277
  • 6.­145
  • 6.­147
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­186
  • 6.­198-199
  • 6.­227
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­327
  • 6.­336-337
  • 6.­340-341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­384
  • 6.­408
  • 6.­421
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­94
  • 7.­111
  • 7.­229
  • 7.­247
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­40-45
  • 10.­47-50
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­61
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­274
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­395
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­416
  • 10.­419
  • g.­55
g.­579

temperament

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

Also rendered here as “element” and “constituent element.”

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­214
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­333
  • 6.­387
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­119
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­52-54
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­231
  • g.­109
  • g.­158
g.­580

ten powers

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

May refer to either i.) the ten powers of a buddha (daśatathāgatabala, de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of knowing right from wrong (gnas dang gnas min mkhyen pa’i stobs), (2) the power of knowing the fruition of actions (las kyi rnam par smin pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (3) the power of knowing various mental inclinations (mos pa sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (4) the power of knowing various mental faculties (khams sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (5) the power of knowing various degrees of intelligence (dbang po sna tshogs mkhyen pa’i stobs), (6) the power of knowing the paths to all rebirths (sarvatragāminpratipādajñānabala, thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam mkhyen pa’i stobs), (7) the power of knowing the ever-afflicted and purified phenomena (kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba mkhyen pa’i stobs), (8) the power of knowing past lives (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa mkhyen pa’i stobs), (9) the power of knowing deaths and births (’chi ’pho ba dang skye va mkhyen pa’i stobs), and (10) the power of knowing the exhaustion of the contaminations (zag pa zad pa mkhyen pa’i stobs); or ii.) the ten powers of a bodhisattva (daśabodhisattvabala, byang chub sems pa’i stobs bcu): (1) the power of intention (āśayabala, bsam pa’i stobs), (2) the power of resolute intention (adhyāsabala, lhag pa’i bsa pa’i stobs), (3) the power of application (pratipattibala, sbyor ba’i stobs), (4) the power of wisdom (prajñābala, shes rab kyi stobs), (5) the power of prayers (praṇidhānabala, smon lam gyi stobs), (6) the power of vehicle (yānabala, thig pa’i stobs), (7) the power of conduct (cāryabala, spyod pa’i stobs), (8) the power of emancipation (vikurbānbala, sprul pa’i stobs), (9) the power of enlightenment (bodhisattvabala, byang chub kyi stobs), and (10) the power of turning the wheel of the doctrine (dharmacakrapravartanabala, chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba’i stobs) (Rigzin 163, 194–5, 280).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • 10.­387
g.­581

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • daśakuśala

(1) Not killing (prāṇātighātād virati, srog gcod spong ba), (2) not stealing (adattādānād virati, ma byin par len pa spong ba), (3) not indulging in sexual misconduct (kāmamithyācārād virati, log g.yem spong ba), (4) not lying (mṛṣāvādāt prativirati, brdzun spong ba), (5) not slandering (pāiśunyāt prativirati, khra ma spong ba), (6) not using harsh words (pāruṣyāt prativirati, tshig rtsub spong ba), (7) not indulging in idle gossip (sambhinna pralāpāt prativirati, ngag ’khyal spong ba), (8) not being covetous (abhidhyāyāḥ prativirati, brnab sems spong ba), (9) not wishing harm on others (vyāpādāt prativirati, gnod sems spong ba), (10) not holding wrong view (mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirati, log lta spong ba) (Rigzin 45).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­390
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­18-20
  • 6.­146
  • 6.­418
  • 6.­420
  • 6.­422-424
  • 6.­426
  • 9.­159-161
  • 9.­175
  • 9.­180-181
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­107
  • 10.­122-123
  • 10.­289
  • 10.­368
  • 10.­398
g.­582

Terrifying Forest

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed ma’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་མའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhairavāvana RS
  • bhairavīvana RS
  • bhayākarāvana RS

The location of a deer park, alternately indentified in the Karmaśātaka as located on Mount Sabkang and on Mount Śiśumāri.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­332-333
  • 5.­2
  • g.­373
g.­585

thirty-seven wings of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs dang ’thun pa’i chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptatriṃśadbodhipakśyadharma
  • saptatriṃśadbodhipākṣikadharma

These are comprised, first of all, of the following: the four mindfulnesses, which are (1) mindfulness of the body, (2) mindfulness of sensations, (3) mindfulness of mind, and (4) mindfulness of phenomena; the four thorough efforts (also known as the four abandonments), which are (5) not undertaking new non-virtuous actions, (6) abandoning one’s old non-virtuous actions, (7) undertaking new virtuous actions, and (8) increasing the virtuous actions one has already undertaken; and the four miraculous legs, which are (9) the miraculous leg of interest, (10) the miraculous leg of effort, (11) the miraculous leg of mind, and (12) the miraculous leg of discernment (or “analysis”). These first twelve belong to the first path, the path of accumulation. Then come the five faculties (on the five paths, these correspond to heat and peak on the second path, the path of application/application), which are (13) the faculty of faith, (14) the faculty of effort, (15) the faculty of mindfulness, (16) the faculty of meditation, and (17) the faculty of wisdom, and then the five strengths (on the five paths, these correspond to patience in accord with the truth and highest worldly dharma on the second path, the path of application/application), which are (18) the strength of faith, (19) the strength of effort, (20) the strength of mindfulness, (21) the strength of meditation, and (22) the strength of wisdom. Upon completion of the five strengths, you enter the third path, the path of seeing. The seven limbs of enlightenment belonging to this path are (23) the limb of right mindfulness, (24) the limb of right analysis, (25) the limb of right effort, (26) the limb of right joy, (27) the limb of right purification, (28) the limb of right meditation, and (29) the limb of right equanimity. Here begins the fourth path, the path of meditation, consisting of the noble eightfold path: (30) right view, (31) right understanding, (32) right speech, (33) right action, (34) right livelihood, (35) right effort, (36) right mindfulness, and (37) right meditation. Upon mastery of these thirty-seven comes the fifth path, the path of no more learning (Gampopa 169, 260, 439; Jamspal 2012).

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­56
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­363
  • 4.­145
  • 10.­197
  • 10.­373-374
  • 10.­380
  • g.­317
  • g.­397
  • g.­465
  • g.­467
  • g.­468
  • g.­469
  • g.­471
  • g.­472
  • g.­473
  • g.­474
g.­588

three kinds of sterling equanimity

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trīṇyāvenikāni smṛtyupasthāni

The Mahā­vyupatti enumerates these as (1) equanimity toward those who listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa); (2) equanimity toward those who do not listen respectfully (aśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems syoms pa); and (3) equanimity toward both those who listen respectfully and those who do not listen respectfully (śuśrūṣamāṇāśuśrūṣamāṇeṣu samacittatā, gus par nyan pa dang gus par mi nyan pa rnams la sems snyoms pa) (Mahā­vyupatti 16).

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
  • g.­367
g.­589

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu

(1) The desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams), (2) the form realm (rūpadhātu, gzugs khams), and (3) the formless realm (arūpyadhātu, gzugs med khams).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
  • g.­399
g.­594

to ford the floodwaters

Wylie:
  • chu bo rnams las brgal bar bya ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་རྣམས་ལས་བརྒལ་བར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A Buddhist idiom meaning “to overcome the afflictive emotions.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­427
  • 2.­238
  • 2.­374
  • 3.­301
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­155
  • 5.­19
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­197
  • 10.­182
g.­596

totally and completely awakened buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃyaksaṃbuddha

An epithet of the buddhas, used both as an honorific and to distinguish them from beings of lesser realization such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 414 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­37-39
  • 1.­73-74
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85-86
  • 1.­126-127
  • 1.­130
  • 1.­132-133
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­137
  • 1.­162-163
  • 1.­169-171
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­274-277
  • 1.­296-300
  • 1.­302
  • 1.­311-314
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­351-352
  • 1.­362
  • 1.­381
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­394-395
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­401-402
  • 1.­432-433
  • 1.­436-441
  • 2.­17-18
  • 2.­35
  • 2.­54-55
  • 2.­72-73
  • 2.­98
  • 2.­109
  • 2.­112
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­146
  • 2.­148-151
  • 2.­184-185
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­192
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­226-232
  • 2.­257-259
  • 2.­262-264
  • 2.­282-283
  • 2.­288-290
  • 2.­304-305
  • 2.­318-319
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­329
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­336
  • 2.­339-340
  • 2.­344
  • 2.­361-362
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­380
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­384
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­560-561
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­589-590
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 3.­12-15
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­48-49
  • 3.­51-53
  • 3.­64-65
  • 3.­99-101
  • 3.­103-104
  • 3.­119-124
  • 3.­147-148
  • 3.­150-153
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­211
  • 3.­217
  • 3.­225
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­244
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­260
  • 3.­266
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­280-282
  • 3.­304-307
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­329-330
  • 3.­408
  • 3.­414-415
  • 3.­434
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­38-40
  • 4.­46
  • 4.­56
  • 4.­88
  • 4.­108-111
  • 4.­143-144
  • 4.­166-168
  • 4.­200-203
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­30-31
  • 5.­66-69
  • 5.­90
  • 5.­92-96
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­151-153
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­167-169
  • 5.­183-185
  • 5.­203-204
  • 5.­207-210
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­283
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­330
  • 5.­332-334
  • 6.­29
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­49-53
  • 6.­73-75
  • 6.­77
  • 6.­244-252
  • 6.­307-309
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­341
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­371-376
  • 6.­378-379
  • 6.­381-388
  • 6.­390
  • 6.­392
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­413
  • 6.­425
  • 6.­439-440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­453
  • 6.­456
  • 6.­502-503
  • 6.­505-506
  • 6.­508-510
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­39-43
  • 7.­66
  • 7.­111-116
  • 7.­130
  • 7.­135
  • 7.­188
  • 7.­219
  • 7.­229-231
  • 7.­233-234
  • 7.­247-250
  • 7.­264
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­40-41
  • 8.­55-56
  • 8.­69-70
  • 8.­77-78
  • 8.­85-86
  • 8.­93-94
  • 8.­104-105
  • 8.­117-118
  • 8.­127-128
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­54-55
  • 9.­57-60
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­65
  • 9.­86
  • 9.­88
  • 9.­100
  • 9.­114
  • 9.­131-133
  • 9.­136-138
  • 9.­149
  • 9.­182
  • 10.­57-59
  • 10.­86
  • 10.­88-90
  • 10.­92-94
  • 10.­204
  • 10.­215-218
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­238-241
  • 10.­249
  • 10.­356
  • 10.­370
  • 10.­375-376
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­419
  • n.­49
g.­599

trichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • trisāhasramahāsāsralokadhātu

Sometimes translated as a billionfold universe. A “great, third order thousandfold” universe (i.e. 1,000³ fold), consisting of a thousand “middle order thousandfold” (1,000² fold) universes, each of which consists of a thousand “first order thousandfold” (1,000 fold) universes, each containing a thousand world systems each with their own Mount Meru, sun and moon, four continents, eight subcontinents, peripheral ring of mountains, etc.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­9
  • 2.­27
  • 2.­46
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­354
  • 4.­135
g.­600

Tripiṭaka

Wylie:
  • sde snod gsum
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་སྣོད་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripiṭaka

The “three (scriptural) baskets” of Dharma teachings: (1) the basket of teachings on moral discipline (Vinaya) (vinayapiṭaka, ’dul ba’i sde snod), (2) the basket of teachings in discourses (Sūtra) (sūtrapiṭaka, mdo sde’i sde snod), and (3) the basket of teachings on knowledge (Abhidharma) (abhidharmapiṭaka, mngon pa’i sde snod).

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­396
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­252
  • 6.­80
  • 6.­139
  • 6.­158
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­245
  • 9.­60
  • g.­601
  • g.­650
g.­603

Tuṣita Heaven

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­340
  • 2.­351
  • 2.­410
  • 4.­132
  • 5.­131
  • 6.­285-286
  • 6.­311
  • 10.­8
g.­604

twenty high peaks of the mountain of views concerning the transitory collection

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba’i ri’i rtse mo mthon po nyi shu
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བའི་རིའི་རྩེ་མོ་མཐོན་པོ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

“The body is not the self nor does the self have a body; / The self is not based on the body [n]or body on self. / Know that these four relations apply to all skandhas; / So these are considered the twenty views of self.” (Goldfield 387).

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­350
g.­605

two types of knowable objects

Wylie:
  • rnam pa gnyis kyi shes bya
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་གཉིས་ཀྱི་ཤེས་བྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­323
  • 1.­417
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­573
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­288
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­190
  • 4.­208
  • 5.­8
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­174
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­46
  • 7.­78
  • 7.­221
  • 8.­80
  • 8.­97
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­68
  • 9.­140
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­243
  • 10.­343
g.­607

Udayana

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

See “Udayin.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­189
  • 7.­194-195
  • 7.­208
  • g.­498
  • g.­608
  • g.­640
g.­608

Udayin

Wylie:
  • ’char ka
Tibetan:
  • འཆར་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • udayin
  • udayana
  • udāyin

King of Vatsa during the time of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also rendered here as “Udayana.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • g.­583
  • g.­607
  • g.­640
g.­610

Undefeated Victory

Wylie:
  • thub med rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་མེད་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city ruled by King Jaya before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415
  • g.­258
g.­611

unexcelled, total, and complete enlightenment

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttarasaṃyaksaṃbodhi

The enlightenment of the buddhas, so-named to distinguish it from the realizations of lesser beings such as arhats, solitary buddhas, and the like.

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­382
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­337-338
  • 2.­341
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­456
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­432
  • 3.­434
  • 3.­436-437
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­47
  • 4.­56-57
  • 4.­136
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­422
  • 6.­425-426
  • 6.­453
  • 7.­69
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­14
  • 8.­16
  • 8.­21
  • 8.­28
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 8.­55
  • 8.­69
  • 8.­77
  • 8.­83
  • 8.­85
  • 8.­92-93
  • 8.­100
  • 8.­104
  • 8.­112
  • 8.­117
  • 8.­122-123
  • 8.­127
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­178
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • 10.­379
  • 10.­399
  • 10.­401
  • 10.­409
  • 10.­411
  • 10.­419
  • g.­563
g.­612

universal monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartirājā

A ruler of one of the continents, possessing the mark of a wheel on the soles of his feet as a sign of his authority (Rigzin 38). Alternatively defined as someone who has the power to overcome, conquer, and rule all the inhabitants of one, two, three, or all four continents of a four-continent world system. In the Buddhist teachings this is considered an example of the most powerful rebirth possible within saṃsāra (rigpawiki, 2012).

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­89
  • 1.­200
  • 1.­317
  • 1.­381
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­47
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­139
  • 2.­157
  • 2.­275
  • 2.­354
  • 2.­608
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­212
  • 3.­229
  • 3.­240
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­377
  • 3.­416
  • 3.­431
  • 4.­136
  • 5.­98
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­235
  • 6.­314
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­369
  • 6.­421
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­69
  • 9.­105
  • 10.­213
  • 10.­247
  • g.­157
  • g.­219
  • g.­586
g.­614

unsurpassed, supreme welfare

Wylie:
  • g.yung drung gi mthar thug pa grub pa dang bde ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡུང་དྲུང་གི་མཐར་ཐུག་པ་གྲུབ་པ་དང་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In this text, being “established … in the unsurpassed, supreme welfare of nirvāṇa” appears as a synonym for the attainment of arhatship.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­67
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­47-48
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­64
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­230
  • 5.­257
  • 6.­320
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­400
  • 6.­406
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­187
  • 7.­257
  • 7.­263
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­39
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­106
  • 9.­113
  • 9.­145
  • 9.­148
  • 9.­181
  • 10.­55-56
  • 10.­105
  • 10.­123
  • 10.­288
  • 10.­342
  • 10.­346
  • 10.­353
  • 10.­355
  • n.­32
  • g.­35
g.­617

Upananda (the minister)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

Along with Nanda, one of King Mahā­deva’s two chief ministers in the city of Mithilā.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” the nāga; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­239
  • g.­328
  • g.­386
  • g.­618
  • g.­619
g.­618

Upananda (the monk)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

A member of the Śākya clan and monk of the Buddha’s order, he often appears in the vinaya texts, as here, to exemplify certain wrong behaviors.

Not to be confused with Upananda, one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the nāga.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­61-63
  • 4.­65-66
  • 4.­75
  • g.­617
  • g.­619
g.­619

Upananda (the nāga)

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda RS

The name of a certain nāga.

Not to be confused with “Upananda,” one of King Mahā­deva’s ministers; or with Upananda, the monk.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­218
  • 9.­152
  • 10.­360
  • g.­617
  • g.­618
g.­620

Upasena

Wylie:
  • nye sde
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upasena

A certain monk who had gone forth under the Buddha. With his support Lotus Color found faith in the Buddha’s doctrine and also went forth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165
  • g.­49
  • g.­322
g.­621

Upatiṣya

Wylie:
  • nye rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • upatiṣya

One of the given names of Venerable Śāriputra. See “Śāriputra.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­387
  • g.­499
g.­622

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

Considered the “younger brother” of Indra, the name Upendra appears as an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa in Sanskrit epic and purāṇic literature.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 1.­63
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­267
  • 1.­293
  • 1.­336
  • 1.­389
  • 1.­426
  • 2.­178
  • 2.­180
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­376
  • 2.­524
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­145
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­323
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­85
  • 4.­157
  • 4.­197
  • 4.­219
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­195
  • 5.­226
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­319
  • 6.­64
  • 6.­355
  • 6.­389
  • 6.­437
  • 6.­446
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­123
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­128
  • 10.­184
  • 10.­352
  • 10.­381
g.­624

Uruvilvā Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • lteng rgyas ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • ལྟེང་རྒྱས་འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • uruvilvā kāśyapa

Ordained by the Buddha in Vārāṇasī shortly after the Buddha’s enlightenment; brother of Nadī Kāśyapa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­102
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­261
  • 10.­265-268
  • g.­148
  • g.­274
  • g.­276
  • g.­330
  • g.­379
  • g.­623
g.­626

Uttama

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttama

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­86
  • n.­178
  • n.­184
  • n.­186
g.­627

Uttara

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara

A previous incarnation of Buddha Śākyamuni, prophesied by Buddha Kāśyapa to achieve total and complete enlightenment.

Located in 97 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­37-38
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­135
  • 1.­169-170
  • 1.­274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­300
  • 1.­347
  • 1.­399
  • 1.­438
  • 1.­440
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­189
  • 2.­209-210
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­257-258
  • 2.­262-263
  • 2.­382
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­570
  • 3.­13-14
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­101
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­120-122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­150
  • 3.­152
  • 3.­280-281
  • 3.­305-306
  • 3.­330
  • 4.­38-39
  • 4.­109-110
  • 4.­166
  • 4.­201-202
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­67-68
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­151-152
  • 5.­167-168
  • 5.­183-184
  • 5.­208-209
  • 5.­280
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­330
  • 6.­50
  • 6.­52
  • 6.­74-75
  • 6.­245
  • 6.­248
  • 6.­252
  • 6.­307-308
  • 6.­381-382
  • 6.­411
  • 6.­440
  • 6.­449
  • 6.­451
  • 6.­508
  • 7.­41-42
  • 7.­114-115
  • 7.­231
  • 7.­233
  • 7.­248
  • 9.­62
  • 9.­86
  • 10.­216-217
  • 10.­239-240
g.­630

Vaiśālī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśālī

An ancient city founded by Viśāla, Vaiśālī was an important location where a number of Buddhist sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna literature.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­146
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­178-179
  • 9.­162-163
  • 9.­166
  • 9.­170
  • 10.­424
  • 10.­427-429
  • 10.­431-433
  • g.­208
  • g.­228
  • g.­313
  • g.­352
  • g.­516
g.­631

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

A god of wealth. One of the four great kings, protector of the cardinal direction to the north of Mount Meru. Also called “Kubera.”

Not to be confused with King Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­315
  • 1.­342
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­364
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­552
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­250
  • 4.­76
  • 4.­204
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­144
  • 6.­234
  • 6.­301
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­136
  • 7.­156
  • 7.­251
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­30
  • 8.­87
  • 9.­46
  • 9.­115
  • 9.­154-155
  • g.­218
  • g.­298
  • g.­632
g.­632

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

King of an unspecified land during the reign of King Maitrībala in Vārāṇasī.

Not to be confused with great king Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­7
  • g.­631
g.­633

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Also known as Benares, one of the oldest cities of northeast India on the banks of the Ganges, in modern-day Uttar Pradesh. It was once the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kāśi, and in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kośala. It was an important religious center, as well as a major city, even during the time of the Buddha. The name may derive from being where the Varuna and Assi rivers flow into the Ganges. It was on the outskirts of Vārāṇasī that the Buddha first taught the Dharma, in the location known as Deer Park (Mṛgadāva). For numerous episodes set in Vārāṇasī, including its kings, see The Hundred Deeds, Toh 340.

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­162
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­257
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • 1.­270
  • 1.­278
  • 1.­296
  • 1.­311
  • 1.­342
  • 1.­392
  • 1.­432
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­226
  • 2.­385
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­413
  • 2.­432-433
  • 2.­447-448
  • 2.­560
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­147
  • 3.­155
  • 3.­165
  • 3.­250
  • 3.­325
  • 3.­423
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­183
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­259
  • 5.­278
  • 5.­321
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­69
  • 6.­73
  • 6.­121
  • 6.­130
  • 6.­249
  • 6.­368
  • 6.­371-372
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­395
  • 6.­397
  • 6.­410-411
  • 6.­502
  • 7.­16-17
  • 7.­112
  • 7.­166
  • 7.­210
  • 7.­258
  • 7.­260
  • 7.­267
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­54
  • 9.­57
  • 10.­106
  • 10.­115
  • 10.­119
  • 10.­196
  • 10.­215
  • 10.­235
  • 10.­364-365
  • n.­151
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­93
  • g.­272
  • g.­273
  • g.­296
  • g.­297
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­345
  • g.­379
  • g.­481
  • g.­528
  • g.­595
  • g.­624
  • g.­632
  • g.­637
g.­638

Vasu

Wylie:
  • dbyig
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • vasu

A certain nāga king, father of the nāga Vasubhadra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­112
  • g.­639
g.­639

Vasubhadra

Wylie:
  • dbyig bzangs
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vasubhadra

A certain nāga, son of the nāga king Vasu.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­112
  • g.­638
g.­640

Vatsa

Wylie:
  • bad sa
  • dpa’ rab
Tibetan:
  • བད་ས།
  • དཔའ་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • vatsa

The name of a kingdom south of Kośala that was ruled by Udayin/Udayana during the Buddha’s time. Its capital was Kauśāmbī.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­227-228
  • 1.­231-234
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­250
  • 7.­189
  • 7.­191
  • 7.­194-195
  • n.­41
  • g.­282
  • g.­498
  • g.­583
  • g.­608
g.­641

Venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmān

Honorific term for an ordained person.

Located in 327 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­10-18
  • 1.­20-26
  • 1.­46-50
  • 1.­52-57
  • 1.­60-64
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101-102
  • 1.­106-109
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­166
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­198
  • 1.­201-203
  • 1.­211
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­226-229
  • 1.­235-237
  • 1.­250
  • 1.­327-329
  • 1.­333-336
  • 1.­338
  • 1.­341
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­87
  • 2.­94-97
  • 2.­152
  • 2.­165-170
  • 2.­172-174
  • 2.­176-179
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­183
  • 2.­214-217
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­276
  • 2.­343
  • 2.­355
  • 2.­406-408
  • 2.­419
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­529-539
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­543-545
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­585-588
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­90-92
  • 3.­187
  • 3.­189
  • 3.­193-195
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­218-220
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­230
  • 3.­232-235
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­243-246
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259-262
  • 3.­332-337
  • 3.­339-340
  • 3.­342-347
  • 3.­399
  • 3.­401-404
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­76-78
  • 4.­82-84
  • 4.­122
  • 4.­137
  • 5.­79-83
  • 5.­196
  • 5.­242-244
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­328
  • 6.­26-28
  • 6.­78
  • 6.­81-85
  • 6.­118-119
  • 6.­136
  • 6.­139-140
  • 6.­142-144
  • 6.­235
  • 6.­260
  • 6.­269-274
  • 6.­293-294
  • 6.­297
  • 6.­299
  • 6.­339-342
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­356
  • 6.­359
  • 6.­367
  • 6.­393
  • 6.­407
  • 6.­434-436
  • 6.­444-445
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­465
  • 6.­467-470
  • 6.­472
  • 6.­475-476
  • 6.­478-483
  • 6.­485
  • 6.­487-489
  • 6.­491-493
  • 6.­496-497
  • 6.­499
  • 7.­55-57
  • 7.­190
  • 7.­194
  • 7.­197-207
  • 7.­209
  • 8.­47-48
  • 8.­50
  • 9.­47
  • 9.­50
  • 9.­71
  • 10.­125
  • 10.­152
  • 10.­185
  • 10.­189-190
  • 10.­192
  • 10.­258-259
  • 10.­266-268
  • 10.­371
  • 10.­373-378
  • 10.­394
  • n.­216
  • g.­18
  • g.­49
  • g.­148
  • g.­206
  • g.­252
  • g.­320
  • g.­322
  • g.­446
  • g.­498
  • g.­529
  • g.­621
g.­642

very costly

Wylie:
  • ’bum ri ba’i
Tibetan:
  • འབུམ་རི་བའི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Literally “worth a hundred thousand.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­234
  • 2.­233
  • 4.­129
  • 5.­88
  • 5.­272
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­27
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­54
  • 8.­92
  • 8.­103
  • 8.­116
  • 8.­126
  • 9.­18
g.­646

Videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
  • bi de ha
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
  • བི་དེ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

An ancient kingdom whose seat was the city of Mithilā. One of its borders was the Ganges River, and it abutted the kingdoms of Kośala and Kāśi. The name Videha, in ancient Buddhist cosmology, refers to the eastern of the four continents in the cardinal directions.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­173-174
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­132
  • 2.­137
  • 6.­11-13
  • 6.­216
  • 6.­458
  • 6.­460
  • 6.­464
  • 7.­220
  • 9.­82
  • 9.­84
  • 9.­146
  • 10.­157
  • g.­152
  • g.­339
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­343
  • g.­486
  • g.­568
  • g.­644
  • g.­654
g.­647

vigilant introspection

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃprajāna
  • samprajanya
  • samprajñāna

Also called “mental alertness,” the faculty of mind that maintains a conscious watch for any inclination of the mind toward mental dullness or agitation, especially during meditation (Rigzin 423). Closely related to mindfulness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­367
g.­648

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya RS

Son of King Jaya.

Not to be confused with the future buddha Vijaya.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­415-416
  • 6.­422-423
  • n.­180
g.­649

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya

A future buddha.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1
  • 8.­128
  • n.­188
  • g.­648
g.­650

vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

The name for the canon of monastic discipline recorded in the Tripiṭaka, of the vows and commitments enshrined therein, and of the practice of that discipline. Also rendered here as “monastic discipline.”

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­156
  • 1.­266
  • 1.­292
  • 1.­388
  • 1.­423
  • 1.­428
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­45
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­273
  • 2.­353
  • 2.­374
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­519
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­272
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­337
  • 3.­343
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­134
  • 4.­156
  • 4.­179
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­215
  • 4.­218
  • 5.­20
  • 5.­82
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­318
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­63
  • 6.­79
  • 6.­203
  • 6.­298
  • 6.­349
  • 6.­351-352
  • 6.­374
  • 6.­388
  • 7.­12-13
  • 7.­34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­120
  • 7.­227
  • 7.­240
  • 8.­123
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­92
  • 9.­127
  • 9.­168
  • 9.­172
  • 10.­104
  • 10.­183
  • 10.­210
  • 10.­233
  • 10.­351
  • 10.­388
  • 10.­423-424
  • 10.­436
  • 10.­439
  • 10.­455
  • n.­44
  • n.­121
  • n.­241-242
  • g.­20
  • g.­54
  • g.­370
  • g.­442
  • g.­574
  • g.­600
  • g.­618
g.­652

Vipaśyin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gzigs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyin

Past buddha of the ninety-first eon; often counted as the sixth buddha before Śākyamuni.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­144
  • 2.­146
  • 3.­278
  • 4.­222
  • 4.­232
  • 5.­90-93
  • g.­55
  • g.­56
g.­655

Virūpa (the king)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

A certain jealous king of Mithilā who lived before the time of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Not to be confused with Virūpa (the ugly one), the householders’ son.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 7.­58
  • 7.­64
  • g.­656
g.­656

Virūpa (the ugly one)

Wylie:
  • mi sdug
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • virūpa RS

Son of householders on Mount Śiśumāri who cast him out of their home because of his extreme ugliness. When later he felt joy toward an emanation of the Buddha, the Buddha made his ugliness disappear. Then, hearing the Dharma from the Buddha, he manifested the resultant state of a non-returner, went forth, and went on to manifest arhatship.

Not to be confused with King Virūpa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­1
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­11-17
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­28
  • g.­655
g.­659

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

One of the primary gods of Hinduism, associated with the preservation and continuance of the universe, held by many as a supreme being.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­225
  • 10.­305
  • g.­390
  • g.­622
g.­660

voice like Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaghoṣa
  • brahmasvara

The voice endowed with the sixteen perfect qualities of Brahmā, the king of the gods. A common description of a buddha’s speech (Rangjung Yeshe Dictionary, “tshangs pa’i dbyangs”).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.­211
g.­661

Vṛji

Wylie:
  • spong byed
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛji

The name of the country in which Māyā and Mahā­māya are said to have been born in “The Story of Keśinī” from The Hundred Deeds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­139
  • g.­492
g.­662

Vulture Peak Mountain

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhakūṭaparvata

Name of a peak just outside of the city of Rājagṛha and the site where a great number of sūtras are said to have been taught, particularly in the Mahāyāna textual tradition of the Prajñāpāramitā-sūtras.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­312
  • 6.­2
  • 10.­152
  • n.­151
  • g.­58
g.­665

Wealth (the sea captain)

Wylie:
  • dbyig
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A certain sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta (past), father of Wealth’s Delight.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­433-434
  • g.­666
g.­666

Wealth’s Delight

Wylie:
  • dbyig dga’
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིག་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Previous incarnation of the Buddha, a sea captain during the reign of King Brahmadatta, and son of Wealth the sea captain. He saved the lives of a number of sailors by drowning himself so that they could use his floating corpse as a buoy to safely reach shore.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­439
  • 2.­448-449
  • 2.­452-454
  • 2.­458
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­49
  • g.­665
g.­668

wisdom

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also known as “pristine awareness,” “primordial wisdom,” “primordial awareness,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to nonconceptual states of knowledge.

Located in 166 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­43-44
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­95-96
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­153
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­304
  • 1.­323-324
  • 1.­340
  • 1.­344
  • 1.­382
  • 1.­387
  • 1.­396
  • 1.­417-418
  • 1.­422
  • 2.­79-80
  • 2.­142
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­237
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­426-427
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­591
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­23-24
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­193
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­288-290
  • 3.­301
  • 3.­316
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­342
  • 3.­402
  • 3.­408-409
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­97
  • 4.­154
  • 4.­190-191
  • 4.­196
  • 4.­208-209
  • 4.­215
  • 5.­8-9
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­155-156
  • 5.­174-175
  • 5.­193
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­224
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­250
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­273
  • 5.­317
  • 6.­21-22
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­61
  • 6.­116-117
  • 6.­158
  • 6.­174
  • 6.­258
  • 6.­316
  • 6.­334
  • 6.­336
  • 6.­347
  • 6.­432
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­26-27
  • 7.­33
  • 7.­46-47
  • 7.­73
  • 7.­78-79
  • 7.­122
  • 7.­139
  • 7.­221-222
  • 7.­226
  • 7.­239
  • 7.­256
  • 8.­80-81
  • 8.­97-98
  • 8.­109
  • 9.­6-7
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­52
  • 9.­60
  • 9.­68-69
  • 9.­118
  • 9.­126
  • 9.­131
  • 9.­140-141
  • 9.­167
  • 9.­171
  • 10.­10-12
  • 10.­88
  • 10.­103
  • 10.­182
  • 10.­231-232
  • 10.­243-244
  • 10.­283-284
  • 10.­343-344
  • 10.­350
  • g.­249
  • g.­509
  • g.­510
  • g.­580
  • g.­585
g.­670

Worthy of Offerings litany

Wylie:
  • yon rabs
  • yon gyi rabs gdon par gsol
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་རབས།
  • ཡོན་གྱི་རབས་གདོན་པར་གསོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dakṣiṇādeśanā

A litany chanted by the monastic saṅgha as a way of giving thanks and recognizing the merit generated by a donation or alms. cf. ’dul ba’i mdo, D 261, F.80.b.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­1
  • 6.­434-436
g.­672

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Harmful spirits, classified among the gods of the desire realm (Rigzin 232).

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­415-416
  • 1.­444-445
  • 2.­409-410
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­192
  • 3.­198
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­11-13
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­216
  • 5.­218-221
  • 6.­166
  • 6.­177
  • 6.­196-197
  • 6.­202
  • 9.­152
  • 9.­154-155
  • 10.­358
  • 10.­360-363
  • 10.­369
  • g.­45
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­118
  • g.­264
  • g.­299
  • g.­344
g.­673

Yaśodharā

Wylie:
  • grags ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodharā

Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was a spouse of Gautama who, along with Gopā, spurned the advances of Devadatta and subjected him to brutal humiliation.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­116-118
  • 5.­234-235
  • 7.­265-266
  • 7.­271
  • g.­119
  • g.­209
  • g.­252
g.­676

young god

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaputra

Generic term for a class of long-lived celestial beings.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­303-304
  • 1.­307
  • 1.­313
  • 2.­247
  • 3.­313-314
  • 3.­316-320
  • 3.­328-330
  • 4.­94-97
  • 4.­103
  • 4.­106
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­284
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­306-308
  • 6.­491
  • 6.­493-494
  • 9.­75
  • 9.­77-79
  • 9.­94-97
  • g.­349
0
    You are downloading:

    The Hundred Deeds

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-4.Copy
    84000. The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). Translated by Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-4.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Hundred Deeds (Karmaśataka, las brgya pa, Toh 340). (Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh340/UT22084-073-001-chapter-4.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from General Sūtra Section
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy